Drystar5302 - Manual - 2008 - 09 - 22 6.0

HEALTHCARE
Global Services Organisation
Technical
Documentation
Order No.: DD+DIS150.05E
*1YZO6N1*
1 Piece YZO6N MA1
1st Edition
printed in Germany 2005-09-09

Agfa Company Confidential
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366 / 100
HEALTHCARE
Technical
Documentation
Order No.: DD+DIS150.05E
*1YZO6N1*
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
1 Piece YZO6N MA1
1st Edition
To order spare parts and

spare part assortments:
Tel.:
Fax.:
xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 3760

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 7388
To order documentation:
Tel.:
Fax.:
xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3553

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 7271
Caution:
This system uses high voltage. Please consider the respective safety regulations.
These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
Note:
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified
electrician.
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified
technician.
CE Declaration:
The CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the product is changed
without explicit consent of the manufacturer!
This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
AGFA-GEVAERT AG HE/Im - GSO I&P

Tegernseer Landstr. 161 D-81539 Mnchen
pprinted in Germany 2005-09-09

OVERVIEW
Pictograms and conventions for this documentation
0.
Order List
This documentation uses certain conventions (pictograms, way of writing) for better
understanding and faster locating of the required information.
1.
Controls, Connections and

Set Up Procedures
2.
Functional Description
3.
Repair and Service
Explanation of the pictograms
3.1 Machine specific safety and

repair information
3.2 Machine specific tools, software
tools and auxiliary equipment
3.3 Troubleshooting
3.4 Electrical and mechanical
codes, fuses, LED's
3.5 Replacement of parts
3.6 Adjustments and calibrations
3.7 Software menus, settings
3.8 Software-Releases, Patches
3.9 Frequently Asked Questions
4.
Reference and Circuit

Diagrams
5.
Spare Parts List
6.
Accessories
7.
Field Modifications
8.
Manufacturing Standard
Modifications
9.
Maintenance
High voltage !
Waiting time
Attention !
Required tools
Info
Removal
Installation
Hint
Mechanical adjustment
Required spare part
Electrical adjustment
Required time
Calibration
Conventions
Actions
Way of writing
Sample
10. Field Service Bulletins
Action,
explanation
Switch the machine on
Switch the machine on
Action with the mouse or the

"Return" key
<omni-cd.exe>
11. Installation Planning
Double-click the
<omni-cd.exe> icon
Required text input via the

keyboard
vips
12. Glossary and Key Word Index
Enter vips and click on

<Continue>
HEALTHCARE
Generic Safety Directions
Imaging Services
Safety Directions
for HealthCare Imaging Products
Purpose of this document

This Generic Safety Directions document comprises the general safety relevant
information for the Service Engineer.
It is valid for all Agfa HealthCare Imaging Products and part of each
Service Documentation as well as Installation Planning document.
The latest version is available via
MEDNET => GSO Library => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual
Document History
Edition.
Revision
1.2
04-2007
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Revision 1.1
04-2007
Editorial rework to improve comprehensibility
Referenced Documents
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.
CONFIDENTIALITY NOTE:
Use, dissemination, distribution or reproduction of this document by unauthorized personnel is not permitted and may be unlawful.
DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:
The controlled version of this document resides on MedNet. Any printed copy of this document is uncontrolled.
Document Node ID: 11849633
printed in Germany
Enclosure_e_template_v02
Copyright 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V.
WARNING:
Improper operation or service activities may cause damage or injuries.
INSTRUCTION:
Read this document prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on the
equipment.
Strictly observe all safety directions within this document and on the product.

Edition 1, Revision 2
04-2007
Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products

Page 3
Document number: DD+DIS238.06E
List of Contents
LIST OF CONTENTS
DISCLAIMER .........................................................................................................6
USED ICONS.........................................................................................................7
LABELS..................................................................................................................8
3.1
CE Mark ...................................................................................................8
3.2
System Labels..........................................................................................8
3.3
System Labels concerning Laser Radiation.............................................9
PRODUCT COMPLAINTS ...................................................................................10
REFERENCES.....................................................................................................10
INTENDED USE ..................................................................................................11
INTENDED USER................................................................................................11
QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS ..........................11
CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT.........................................................12
10
ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................13
11
COMPLIANCE .....................................................................................................14
12
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION .........................................................16
13
RADIATION PROTECTION .................................................................................17
14
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION .........................17
15
GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES........................17
16
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES .............18
17
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES ................................20
18
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES.........21
19
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES..........................23
20
SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE

PARTS, ACCESSORIES AND DEVICES............................................................23
04-2007

Page 4
List of Contents
21
SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS ................................ 24
22
SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ................. 24
23
WASTE DISPOSAL ............................................................................................. 24
24
RECYCLING........................................................................................................ 25
25
ERASING PROTECTED HEALTH INFORMATION (PHI)................................... 25

04-2007

Page 5
Disclaimer
Disclaimer
The installation and service of equipment described herein is to be performed by qualified
personnel who are employed by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates or who are
otherwise authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates to provide such services.
Fitters, engineers and other persons who are not employed by or otherwise directly
affiliated with or authorized by Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates are directed to
contact one of the local offices of Agfa HealthCare or one of its affiliates before attempting
installation or service procedures.
No part of this document may be reproduced, copied, adapted or transmitted in any form
or by any means without the written permission of Agfa HealthCare.
Agfa HealthCare makes no warranties or representation, expressed or implied, with
respect to the accuracy, completeness or usefulness of the information contained in this
document and specifically disclaims warranties of suitability for any particular purpose.
Agfa HealthCare shall under no circumstances be liable for any damage arising from the
use or inability to use any information, apparatus, method or process disclosed in this
document.
Agfa HealthCare is not liable for resulting consequences, damages or injuries if you dont
operate the product correctly or if you dont have it serviced correctly.
Agfa HealthCare reserves the right to change the product, the characteristics and its
documentation without further notice to improve reliability, function or design.
NOTE:
In the United States, Federal Law stipulates that medical devices should only be sold to,
distributed and used by or by order of a licensed physician.

04-2007

Page 6
Used Icons
Used Icons
Icon
Name and Circumstances

CAUTION: Possible dangerous situation: Light injuries or
damage to the equipment described in the manual and/or
damage to any other equipment or goods and/or environmental
pollution can be the consequence
WARNING: Dangerous situation: Potential serious injury to a
user, engineer, patient or any other person and possible
mistreatment of patients can be the consequence.
DANGER: Direct, immediate danger: Death or heavy injuries
can be the consequence.
INSTRUCTION:
If used in combination with the warning or caution sign: Indicates
a specific instruction, which if followed exactly, avoids the
subject of the warning or caution.
If used without warning or caution sign: Indicates an instruction
where it is important to follow literally as described.
IMPORTANT:
Highlights very important actions which have to be carried out to
prevent malfunction.
NOTE:
Indicates advice to facilitate the following step or action
Highlights unusual points
Indicates background information
Can be used to explain or highlight displays of the
graphical user interface.
Is additional information without influence on the action or step!

04-2007

Page 7
Labels
Labels
3.1
CE Mark
CE Mark
3.2
This product carries the CE Mark. The CE Declaration (CE Conformity)

becomes invalid if the product is changed without explicit consent of the
manufacturer! This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
System Labels
All system labels and software version number locations are referred to within this service
document in the appropriate section.
Enclosed an overview of common labels, according to ISO 3864.
This list is not complete.
Hot Surface
Obstacles
Laser Beam
Corrosive Liquid
Magnetic Field Ionizing Radiation
High Voltage
Hand Injuries
C&W_005.cdr

04-2007

Page 8
Labels
3.3
System Labels concerning Laser Radiation

According to its classification, laser radiation can lead to eye and skin injuries. Each laser
source is classified from class 1 to class 4.
The table below lists the meaning of the different laser classes. Note the detailed
instructions in the user manual and technical documentation.
Class 1:
Not dangerous to the human eye.
Class 2:
Laser units having a maximum output of 1 mW. The accessible laser

radiation only lies within the visible range of the spectrum (400 nm to
700 nm). With brief exposure times (up to 0.25 s) there is no danger
due to the blink reflex.
Class 3A:
Laser units having a maximum output of 5 mW. The accessible laser

radiation becomes dangerous for the eye, if the cross section of
radiation is reduced by optical instruments. If this is not the case, the
emitted laser radiation in the visible region of the spectrum, with short
exposure times (up to 0.25 s), is not dangerous in the spectral
regions, even for long irradiation times.
Proper use must be observed.
Required safety equipment must be used.
Class 3B:
Laser units having a maximum output of 500 mW. Dangerous to the

human eye and in particular cases to the skin.
Class 4:
Laser units having a higher output than 500 mW. Extremely

dangerous to the human eye and dangerous to the human skin.
Manufacturer AGFA GEVAERT N.V.

GIUM
Septestraat 27-2640 -Mortsel-BEL
1011 Date: 20 06-07
Type 5175/100 S/N
50-60Hz
100-12 0/220-240V 2.0/1.0A
Made in Germany
Pe issenberg
July 2 006
Figure 1: Example for Laser Classification

04-2007

Page 9
Product Complaints - References
Product Complaints
Any service person who has any complaints or has experienced any dissatisfaction in the
quality, durability, reliability, safety, effectiveness or performance of this product must
notify Agfa HealthCare by the Agfa HealthCare complaint procedure.
If the product malfunctions and may have caused or contributed to a serious injury of a
patient or an accident or if there are any hazards which may cause an accident Agfa
HealthCare must be notified immediately by telephone, fax or written correspondence to
the following address:
Agfa Service Support - local support addresses and phone numbers listed on:
www.agfa.com
Agfa
Septestraat 27
2640 Mortsel, Belgium.
Fax +32 3 444 7094
References
Technical Documentation is available via MedNet (PDF) and your local Agfa HealthCare
support organisation (Paper).
Access to MedNet:
IntraNet: http://docs.agfanet/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf
ExtraNet: http://extranet.agfa.com/bu/mi/mednet/mednetcso.nsf

04-2007

Page 10
Intended Use - Intended Users - Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks
Intended Use
This Agfa HealthCare product should only be operated in a hospital or clinical radiological
environment by qualified staff.
It must only be operated according to its specifications and its intended use. Any
operation not corresponding to the specifications or intended use may result in hazards,
which in turn may lead to serious injuries or fatal accidents (for example electric shocks).
AGFA will not assume any liability whatsoever in these cases.
Make sure that the product is constantly monitored in order to avoid inappropriate
handling, especially by children.
The product must only be installed and put into operation under the specified conditions.
Intended User
This manual is written for Agfa trained Field Service engineers and Clinical Application
Specialists, trained users of Agfa HealthCare products and trained diagnostic XRay
clinical personnel who have received proper training. Users are considered as the persons
who handle the equipment as well as the persons having authority over the equipment.
Qualifications for Operation and Service Tasks

This Technical Documentation describes adjustments and routines which must only to be
performed by qualified technical personnel.
The Agfa (trained) Field Service engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must have
received adequate Agfa HealthCare training on the safe and effective use of the product
before attempting to work with it. Training requirements may vary from country to country.
Agfa (trained) Field Service engineers and Clinical Application Specialists must make sure
that training is received in accordance with local laws or regulations that have the force of
law.
Your local Agfa HealthCare representative can provide further information on training.

04-2007

Page 11
Connections to other Equipment
Connections to other Equipment

Agfa HealthCare equipment must only be used in combination with other Agfa HealthCare
equipment or components if these are expressly recognized by Agfa HealthCare as
compatible. A list of such equipment and components is available from Agfa HealthCare
service on request.
Changes or additions to the equipment must only be carried out by persons authorized to
do so by Agfa HealthCare. Such changes must comply with best engineering practice and
all applicable laws and regulations that have the force of law within the jurisdiction of the
hospital.
The Agfa HealthCare products are designed to communicate with other devices in the
hospital network using DICOM protocols.
Connections to other equipment:

Warning:
Accessory equipment not complying with the safety requirements of this product
may lead to a safety hazard.
INSTRUCTION:
Consult the Technical Documentation before making any connections to other
equipment.
Consideration relating to the choice of accessory equipment shall include:
Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity

Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment has been
performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC 60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-1
harmonized national standard.
In addition all configurations must comply with the medical electrical systems standard
IEC 60601-1-1. The party that makes the connections acts as system Configurer and is
responsible for complying with the systems standard.
If required, contact your local service organization.

04-2007

Page 12
Accessories and Spare Parts
10
Accessories and Spare Parts
Parts and accessories replacement:

WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper operation.
INSTRUCTION:
Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.
Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of compatible
accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or www.agfa.com

04-2007

Page 13
Compliance
11
Compliance
Directive for HealthCare Imaging Products:
Council Directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
(OJ No L 169/1 of 1993-07-12)
ANNEX I - ESSENTIAL REQUIREMENTS - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The

products are designed and manufactured in such a way that, when used under the
conditions and for the purposes intended and, where applicable, by virtue of the
technical knowledge, experience, education or training of intended users, they will not
compromise the clinical condition or the safety of patients, or the safety and health of
users.
ANNEX II - EC DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Full quality assurance system ISO

13485
ANNEX X - CLINICAL EVALUATION The clinical evaluation follows a defined and

methodologically sound procedure.
Applied Standards for HealthCare Imaging Products

IEC 60601-1, Ed. 3: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for basic
safety and essential performance
ISO 14971:2000, Medical devices Application of risk management to medical devices
IEC 60601-1-2 It specifies the MANUFACTURER of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME
SYSTEM provides information to the RESPONSIBLE ORGANIZATION that is essential in
determining the suitability of the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM for the electromagnetic
environment of use, and in managing the electromagnetic environment of use to permit
the ME EQUIPMENT or ME SYSTEM to maintain BASIC SAFETY and provide its
ESSENTIAL PERFORMANCE without disturbing other equipment.

04-2007

Page 14
Compliance
Additional standards for documentation:

IEC 62079 Ed. 1: Preparation of instructions - Structuring, content and presentation
Harmonization:
Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/
This document has been prepared to comply with Study Group 1 guidance document
of the Global Harmonization Task Force (GHTF) www.ghtf.org/ to assist development
of a consistent, harmonized definition for a medical device that could be used within a
global regulatory model and would offer significant benefits to the manufacturer, user,
patient or consumer, and to Regulatory Authorities and support global convergence of
regulatory systems.
IECEE CB SCHEME
The IECEE CB (Certification Body) Scheme is the world's first truly international system
for acceptance of test reports dealing with the safety of electrical and electronic products.
It is a multilateral agreement among participating countries and certification organizations.
Agfa has produced a CB test report and claims national certification in all other member
countries of the CB Scheme.
Details see www.iecee.org
Radiation of radio frequency:

CAUTION: For USA only:
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not
installed and used in accordance with the service manual, may cause interference
to radio communication.
Note:
This product has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A
computing device pursuant to Subpart B of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to
provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in a commercial
environment.
Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause interference.
The user will be required to take all necessary measures to correct the interference at
his own expense.

04-2007

Page 15
Safety Directions for Operation
12
Safety Directions for Operation

Accessibility of the mains power switch:
CAUTION:
Do not obstruct the mains power switch.
Position the Agfa HealthCare product so that it is possible to disconnect the mains power
connection.
Under certain conditions the Agfa HealthCare product will show a display containing a
message. This message will show that either a problem or action has occurred or that
a requested action is required or cannot be performed. The user must read these
messages carefully they will provide information on what to do. This will be either
performing an action to resolve the problem or to contact the Agfa HealthCare service
organization. Details on the contents of messages can be found in this Technical
Documentation.
All images created using any image technology can show artifacts which could be
confused with diagnostic t information. If there is any doubt that the diagnostic
information could be corrupted, Additional investigations must be performed to get
clear diagnostic information.
Ventilation openings must not be covered.
If you notice conspicuous noise or smoke, disconnect the product immediately from
the mains.
Do not pour water or any other liquid over the device.
If a system malfunction causes an emergency situation involving the patient, operating
personnel or any system component, activate the emergency stop for the system
concerned. All motor driven system movements will be stopped.
Do not store any magnetic media near or on devices, which produce magnetic fields,
since stored data may be lost.
Explosive environment:
DANGER:
Risk of explosion.
Never operate this device in zones where there are flammable anesthetics or oxygen
which may cause an explosion.
Usage of an un-interruptible power supply:
Warning:
Images can be lost due to power failure.
Connect the equipment to an un-interruptible power supply (UPS) or an institutional
standby generator.

04-2007

Page 16
Radiation Protection - Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection General Safety Directions for Service Activities
13
Radiation Protection
Only qualified and authorized personnel shall operate any X-Ray system. In this context
qualified means those legally permitted to operate this X-Ray equipment in the
jurisdiction in which the X-Ray equipment is being used, and authorized means those
authorized by the authority controlling the use of the X-Ray equipment. Full use must be
made of all radiation protection features, devices, systems, procedures and accessories.
14
Safety Directions for Cleaning and Disinfection
15
Ionizing radiation can lead to radiation injuries if handled incorrectly. When radiation is
applied, the required protective measures must be complied with.
Details about cleaning and disinfection or sterilization methods that may be used on
SYSTEM parts or ACCESSORIES that can become contaminated through contact
with the PATIENT or with body fluids, are referred to within the individual service
documents.
Disconnect the power supply from the equipment prior to cleaning the equipment.
General Safety Directions for Service Activities
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
The safety directions for operation (see section 12) are also valid for all service
activities.
During all service activities observe prescribed local and country-specific
requirements (e.g. occupational safety and accident prevention regulations).
All existing screw connections must be tightened sufficiently firmly, but they may not
be overstressed when tightening. There must always be compliance with stated
torque values!
Damaged or missing screws may be replaced only with the same screw types that
have the specified hardness rating. Unless a different value is listed in the
instructions, all Allen screws used must be hardness rated 8.8.
All screws must be secured in accordance with the corresponding data.
If "Loctite" has to be used to secure screws, this is stated in the text.
Any Agfa service PC or tool which is to be connected via RS232 ,RJ45, USB or other
interface to an Agfa device must not be connected to the mains but must be operated
on its internal battery or indirect supply (low voltage).

04-2007

Page 17
General Safety Directions for Service Activities Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities
When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must be
observed:
o Always switch off the equipment and unplug the power cord, before you disconnect
or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
o When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never touch any
parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
o PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry a PCB
without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering (electrostatic
charge).
o Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected from
electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.
Static discharge at electrical components:

CAUTION:
Static discharge! Electrical components may be destroyed:
For the repair on electrical components, wear a grounding strap
(CM+9 9999 0830 0) around the wrist and connect the other end of this strap on a
grounded conducting metal piece.
16
Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities
Accessibility of the power disconnection device:

Warning:
Electrical device. Shock possible.
INSTRUCTION:
Do not position Agfa EQUIPMENT so it is difficult to operate the disconnection

device when an APPLIANCE COUPLER or separable plug is used as isolation.
Local and International wiring regulations must be observed. Check all supplies and
voltages, currents, trips and fuses with the Hospital facilities department or their
engineers.

04-2007

Page 18
Safety Directions for Installation Planning Activities
The device complies with the EN 60601-1, 2006 standard for Information Technology.
This means that, although it is absolutely safe, patients may not come in direct contact
with the equipment. Therefore the operator console must be placed outside a radius
of 1.5 m around the patient.
R = 1.5m
1.5m
1.5m
Patient environment
This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g. a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
Fixing equipment at the wall or floor:

Warning:
Unknown composition of wall or floor structure: Risk of injury or damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.
Floor load:
CAUTION:
Heavy device may damage the floor covering.
Make sure that the floor covering is solid enough to stand the weight of the device.
Fixing equipment at the ceiling:

CAUTION:
Ceiling construction may be inadequate for fixing of equipment: Risk of injury or
damage:
Hospital management is responsible for the position, location and fixing of all equipment.

04-2007

Page 19
Safety Directions for Installation Activities
17
Safety Directions for Installation Activities
If not otherwise stated, installation and configuration is performed by Agfa HealthCare

trained personnel.
If damage of the package is visible from the outside contact your local AGFA
representative.
Apart from wearing the required protective clothing, e.g. safety boots and gloves, care
must be taken that heavy loads are correctly lifted/carried to avoid injury. The relevant
instructions must be complied with. Heavy or awkward loads must be moved by
mechanical means or by several people.
When installing the product be sure that there is either a mains plug or an all-cable
disconnecting device in the internal installation fitted near the product and that it is
easily accessible.
Defective covers, sharp edges or protruding parts of equipment can cause injuries, if
accidentally knocked into. Route cables and position equipment safely.
This device should be installed behind the institution firewall for network security and
anti-virus protection. No ongoing computer virus protection or network security for this
medical device is provided (e.g., a computer firewall). Network security and anti-virus
provisions are the ongoing responsibility of the user or institution.
Connection of the device to the power supply:

CAUTION:
Risk of damaging the device by using the wrong power supply:
INSTRUCTION:
Prior to connecting the device to the mains ...
Compare the power requirements indicated on the type label with the available
power supply in the installation room.
Check the service manual for the type of input voltage selection, manual or
automatic: If manual, select the appropriate voltage and fuses.
Confirm to use the correct socket and plug for the required power supply.
Check the equipment will work with the power supply available.

04-2007

Page 20
Safety Directions for Installation Activities Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities
Ground potential differences :

CAUTION:
To comply with ISO 60601-1 (annex I) all computers and peripherals must be
connected to the same power source.
INSTRUCTION:
18
Always connect the associated monitor to the same Uninterruptible Power Source
as the PC.
When different combinations of equipment are used in various medical

environments a potential difference (V) can exist between the protective earths in
different localities. If the protective earthing fails this potential difference can cause a
HAZARD for the OPERATOR or for the PATIENT.
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities
This Technical Documentation identifies the parts on which preventive inspection and
maintenance shall be performed by Agfa HealthCare service personnel, including the
periods to be applied.
In general the device has to be switched off during service activities. Exception: If the
device is switched on to perform tests pay particular attention to any hazards due to
moving and rotating parts. Avoid lose clothing or finger traps. Switch off the device
immediately after the tests.
Do not turn motors manually. If required, first disconnect the motor from the motor
control board.
Make sure that the power cord does not show any signs of damage.
After repair work always check that the integrated safety features are not overridden
or disconnected.
If there is any visible damage to the machine casing do not hand-over the product to
the customer. First repair the machine casing.
Cleaning optical elements:
CAUTION:
Image artifacts possible after cleaning optical elements.
When cleaning optical elements follow the service manual precisely.

04-2007

Page 21
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities
Secured screws:
CAUTION:
Opening screws secured by red lacquer may misalign important device
adjustments:
Do not open screws that are secured by red lacquer.
Sharp edges:
CAUTION:
Sharp edges inside the device: Cut or abrasion possible.
Be careful at maintenance and replacement of parts.
Replacing batteries:
WARNING:
Battery can explode, causing chemical burns.
INSTRUCTION:
Check that batteries are inserted with correct polarity.
Only use batteries of the same type or an equivalent type as specified by the
manufacturer.
Dispose of empty batteries in compliance with the specifications of the

manufacturer.
Checking ground connections:

WARNING:
Improper ground connection of the device metal housing may lead to electric
shocks.
In case of power supply replacements or maintenance check the protective earth

resistance according to the national regulations.
Make sure, that all grounding connections to metallic covers are present

04-2007

Page 22
Safety Directions for Maintenance and Repair Activities Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts, Accessories and Devices
Opening PCs and Workstations:

Warning:
Electrical shock and damage to the equipment possible.
Only open the PC or workstation if explicitly stated in the service manual.
Unplug before opening.
Observe anti-static safety regulations.
Replacing fuses:
Warning:
Replacing fuses by wrong type may lead to fire hazard!
Use only fuses of the exact value and characteristics stated in the service manual or on
the device.
19
Safety Directions for remote Service Activities

Remote Service Activities:
Warning:
During remote service activities images can be lost.
Inform the customer prior to remote service activities to finish the current work and to
stop working on the system.
20
Safety Directions for Transport and Shipment of Spare Parts,

Accessories and Devices
In compliance with transport regulations, all uninterruptible power supplies (UPS)

must be shipped with batteries disconnected.
Use the original packing when returning spare parts, accessories or devices.

04-2007

Page 23
Safety Directions concerning Modifications Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials - Waste Disposal
21
Safety Directions concerning Modifications

Modifications made in products/systems shipped by Agfa HealthCare must not be
implemented without written permission from Agfa HealthCare.
This applies in particular to changes which may affect the mechanical and/or electrical
safety or radiation-protection properties of a product (e.g. changing of safety distances,
removal of locks/instructions etc.).
22
Safety Directions concerning Hazardous Materials

'Hazardous materials' is the designation for substances which can ignite or explode or
which are toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or irritating. The Hazardous Material
instructions must be read and the required protective measures must be complied with
when performing work to avoid health risks.
Their properties together with the hazards and protective measures connected with them
are identified clearly by symbols and described by the instructions appertaining to the
hazardous substances.
23
Waste Disposal
The Directive on Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment (WEEE), which
entered into force as European law on 13th February 2003, resulted in a major
change in the treatment of electrical equipment at end-of-life.
The purpose of this Directive is, as a first priority, the prevention of WEEE, and in
addition, to promote the reuse, recycling and other forms of recovery of such wastes so as
to reduce the disposal of waste.
The WEEE logo on the product or on its box indicates that this product must not be
disposed of or dumped with household waste. The owner of the equipment is liable to
dispose of all electronic or electrical waste equipment by delivering to the specified
collection point for recycling of such hazardous waste, collection and proper recovery of
electronic and electrical waste equipment at the time of disposal will allow the producer to
help conserve natural resources.
Recycling of the electronic and electrical waste equipment will ensure safety of human
health and the environment. For more information about electronic and electrical waste
equipment disposal, recovery and collection points, please contact your local, waste
disposal service or producer / distributor of this equipment.
If your equipment or replaced spare parts contain batteries or accumulators please
dispose of these separately according to local regulations.

04-2007

Page 24
Recycling - Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)
24
Recycling
Recycling pass see http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf
25
Erasing Protected Health Information (PHI)

AGFA HealthCare Field Service Personnel or its authorized affiliates are responsible for
the removal of Protected Health Information (PHI) patient data from devices, modules or
parts that are removed from the customers site. This also applies to the exchange of
spare parts, especially to parts that are returned to central warehouses for repair or
refurbishing. Examples for parts or modules that may contain Protected Health
Information (PHI) are: Computer hard disks, CD-ROMS, backup tapes, archive tapes.

04-2007

Page 25
Document No: DD+DIS238.06E

All rights reserved.
Technical modifications reserved.
Published by
Agfa HealthCare N.V.
Tegernseer Landstrae 161
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa HealthCare N.V.
printed in Germany
DD+DIS150.05E
Controls, Connections and Set Up Procedures
Chapter 1:
List of contents
General safety instructions............................................................ 1
Installation Checklist ...................................................................... 3
Printer Installation Wizard.............................................................. 5
Printer settings................................................................................ 8
4.1
Film calibration ................................................................................................. 8
4.2
Default densitometer ...................................................................................... 10
4.3
Film view.......................................................................................................... 11
4.4
Beep on empty tray......................................................................................... 12
4.5
RF Tag.............................................................................................................. 13
4.6
Site data........................................................................................................... 14
Film Calibration ............................................................................. 15
Printer - Modality connection....................................................... 16
6.1
Modality set-up ............................................................................................... 16
6.2
Logical printers Set-up................................................................................... 17
6.3
Printing of diagnostic and / or test images .................................................. 18
6.4
Image adjustments ......................................................................................... 19
6.4.1
6.4.2
6.4.3
6.4.4
Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document.................... 19

Image Adjustment at the Modality................................................................................. 20
Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu ................................... 23
Alternative: Image settings via DICOM host profile: ..................................................... 26
Acceptance Test............................................................................ 27
Completion of installation ............................................................ 28
8.1
Customer Instruction...................................................................................... 28
8.2
Backup of Printer Settings............................................................................. 29
Printed copies of this document are not controlled.

The reader should always refer to MedNet to ensure that they are working with the latest copy of the document.
2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / I
DD+DIS150.05E
General safety instructions

The DRYSTAR 5302 is suitable for continuous operation.
The DRYSTAR 5302 enables or helps in the diagnosis of a patient.
When operating or maintaining the DRYSTAR 5302 always observe the
following safety guidelines:
Have electrical or mechanical defects repaired by skilled personnel only!
Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
Ventilation openings may not be covered.
Always switch off the DRYSTAR 5302 and disconnect the power cord
from the outlet before carrying out any maintenance work.
Always take into account the markings provided on the inside and outside
of the printer. A brief overview of these markings and their meaning is
given below:
Safety warning, indicating that the DRYSTAR 5302 User and
Reference Manuals should be consulted before making any
connections to other equipment. The use of accessory equipment
not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this
printer may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting
system. Consideration relating to the choice of accessory
equipment shall include:
Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity.
Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment
has been performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC
60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-2 harmonized national standard.
In addition, all configurations must comply with the medical
electrical systems standard IEC 60601-1-1. The party that makes
the connections acts as system configurator and is responsible
for complying with the systems' standard. If required contact your
Agfa Service Organization.
In order to reduce the risk of electric shock, do not remove any
covers.
Caution hot:
Keep hands clear from the Thermal Print Head.
Type B equipment:
Indicates that the DRYSTAR 5302 complies within the limits for
type B equipment.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 1
DD+DIS150.05E
Supplementary protective earth connector:

Provides a connection between the DRYSTAR 5302 and the
potential equalization busbar of the electrical system as found
in medical environments. This plug should never be
unplugged before the power is turned off and the power plug
has been removed.
Intergrounding connector:
Provides a connection between the printer and other
equipment which might exhibit minor ground potential
differences. These differences may degrade the quality of
communication between different equipment. Never remove
connections to this terminal.
Protective earth (ground)
Provides a connection between the printer and the protective
earth of the mains. Do not remove this connection, because
this will have a negative influence on the leakage current.
Power/Reset Button
Note that the power cord has to be disconnected from the wall
outlet in order to disconnect the unit entirely from the mains.
Precautions for use in USA only:
Make sure that the circuit is single-phase center-tapped, if the
printer is connected to a 240 V/60 Hz source instead of a
120 V/60 Hz source.
Transport after installation
Before moving the printer, always switch off the machine. The DRYSTAR
5302 should always be transported by 2 persons. When doing this, the
stability and the structure of the table top have to be taken into account.
The printer should not be placed on a soft surface, since this might
prevent appropriate ventilation and cause overheating. Nothing else
should be installed on the same table, and measures should be taken to
prevent table shock, while this may cause image artifacts. The appliance
shall only be transported with all covers closed. The appliance shall not be
transported continuously from one location to the other. Do not lift the
printer by the output tray.
Waste disposal and environmental regulations
In most countries DRYSTAR film is considered industrial waste and is not
allowed to be disposed of as household waste. Please consult your local
waste disposal regulations. Agfa recommends to have DRYSTAR film
waste hauled away by a licensed company.
After its life span, do not dispose of the DRYSTAR 5302 without
consideration of local waste disposal regulations. Please consult your
local service organization.

Chapter 1 / 2
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Installation Checklist
Purpose of the installation checklist:
to give an overview of all steps, that are required for the installation of the
printer;
to provide a reference to the corresponding section of the "Drystar 5302
Plug & Play Installation Manual" (abbreviated: P&P) and "Controls,
Connections and Set Up Procedure" section where the topics are further
explained.
The "Drystar 5302 Plug & Play Installation Manual" is part of delivery and
can be downloaded on MEDNET, HealthCare library.
#
1.
Step
Task
Code
Installation Prerequisites:
Check installation site prerequisites
refer to ....
INS
P&P 5
2.
Check shipment completeness
INS
Packing Slip
3.
Prepare required tools
INS
P&P 1
4.
Remove transport protection locks
INS
P&P 6 to 8
5.
Connect the cables
INS
P&P 9
INS
P&P 10
6.
Printer set-up:
Set film size tabs
7.
China only: Stick Chinese warning

label above the existing one
INS
P&P 11
8.
Load films
INS
P&P 12 & 13
9.
Startup the printer
INS
P&P 14
INS
section 3
Printer Installation Wizard:

10. Go through printer installation wizard
Okay

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 3
DD+DIS150.05E
Step
Task
Code
refer to .....
Printer settings:
11. Adjust Film calibration (optional)
APPL
section 4.1
12.
Select Default densitometer (optional)
APPL
section 4.2
13.
Set Film view (optional)
APPL
section 4.3
14.
Adjust Beeps on empty tray (optional)
APPL
section 4.4
15.
Adjust behavior for unreadable RF

Tag (optional)
APPL
section 4.5
16.
Enter site data
APPL
section 4.6
INS
section 5
Printer - Modality connection

18. Let the modality be set-up
SIC
section 6.1
19.
Set-up logical printers (optional)
SIC
section 6.2
20.
Print diagnostic and/or test images
SIC
section 6.3
21.
Adjust image settings (optional)
APPL
section 6.4
APPL
section 7
APPL
section 8.1
INS
section 8.2
Film calibration
17. Perform a film calibration for both film
trays
Acceptance Test
22. Perform acceptance test
Completion of installation
23. Instruct the Customer in operation of
the printer
24.
Save settings on backup CF card
Okay

Chapter 1 / 4
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Printer Installation Wizard

The purpose of this section is to show the most important settings of the
printer during installation via Installation Wizard.
Before the printer installation wizard can be started, the steps 1 to 9 of the
Installation Checklist (refer to section 2) have to be completed.
The Printer Installation Wizard guides
step by step through different
parameters.
Figure 1 beneath ...
shows how to enter the
Installation Wizard
lists the parameters which have to

be entered
A more detailed description of the

printer Installation Wizard is available
in the Drystar 5302 Reference
Manual in section 'Using the
installation wizard'.
The Reference Manual is part of
delivery and available on MEDNET,
HealthCare Library.
Printer Installation Wizard

Key-operator
menu
8 Installation
2 Printer Install. Wizard
Language
Date and Time
PRINTER IP-ADDRESS
NETMASK
ROUTER IP-ADDRESS
CALLED AE_TITLE
Hostname
Domain name
Daily used modality name
Brand
Modality Type
CALLING AE_TITLE('modality name')
Select Output Tray
Preferred film type
Save configuration
Reset
5364_Reg01_001_e.cdr
Figure 1

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 5
DD+DIS150.05E
Remark concerning necessity of PC connection:

All adjustments at the printer can be made via browser connection.
Most adjustments can also be made via key-operator menu.
In following cases a PC network connection is mandatory, as these settings
only can be made via browser pages.
To enter site specific data
To configure Logical printers
To define a host profile for special Image or Connectivity settings
(Annotations, OEM Lut etc.)
The example screens for configuration user interfaces are further on
browser related. The path to access the screens is the same for local
keypad and browser.
The way of entering data is more complex at the local keypad, as all data
have to be entered via the available four navigation keys, the escape and
confirm key.

Chapter 1 / 6
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Remark to PC Connection:
The printer default IP address is 169.254.10.10.
The printer automatically assigns an IP address to the PC, in case it is set-up
for obtaining an IP address automatically. This is done via Automatic Private
IP Addressing, short: APIPA. For more info refer to section 3.2.
Setting for Windows 98 / Windows ME / Windows 2000:
Select Control Panel Network Properties Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)
Properties Obtain an IP address automatically". Refer to Figure 2
Note: The path may differ for different operating systems.
Setting for Windows XP:
Select Control Panel Network Connections Local Area Connection
Properties Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties Tab: Alternative
Configuration Automatic Private IP address". Refer to Figure 3
As the IP address of the printer after installation is usually different from

169.254.XXX.XXX, APIPA connection can only be used during installation.
After change of the IP address to one different from 169.254.XXX.XXX and
reboot the APIPA connection is not possible anymore.
Figure 2: Windows 98, ME, 2000

network setting
Figure 3: Windows XP network

setting
Recommendation: Make a bookmark in your browser for

IP address 169.254.10.10

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 7
DD+DIS150.05E
Printer settings
The purpose of this section is to show additional settings of the printer that are
not covered by the Printer Installation Wizard.
The following table lists these settings.
Printer Setting
Importance
Accessible via ...*
Details see...
Film calibration
optional
Key-operator menu
4.1
Default densitometer
optional
Key-operator menu
4.2
Film view
optional
Key-operator menu
4.3
Beep on empty tray
optional
Key-operator menu
4.4
RF Tag
optional
Service menu
4.5
mandatory
Service menu
4.6
Site data
4.1
Film calibration
Accessible via menu:
Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 4 Image

Quality - 1 General
Purpose of the setting:
A) Define whether automatic calibration shall be

executed at insertion of a new film pack
B) If set on ON, define the number of filmpacks,
after which the film calibration shall be
executed.
Default value:
ON - every 5 filmpacks
The film calibration menu is accessible via key-operator menu on the keypad
and key-operator menu via browser.

Chapter 1 / 8
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
DryStar 5302 printer
Key-Operator - Change Image quality settings

Default film calibration off
on
Default Densitometer Macbeth TR924
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Accept changes Discard changes Reset Values
Welcome to this

Select frequency
Every 5 packs
536601fa.cdr
Figure 4

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 9
DD+DIS150.05E
4.2
Default densitometer

Quality - 1 General
Define a default densitometer. Density values

displayed during calibration or the QC procedure
will be displayed re-calculated for this default
densitometer.
Default value:
Macbeth TR924
The default densitometer menu is accessible via key-operator menu on the

keypad and key-operator menu via browser.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this

on
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
536601fb.cdr
Figure 5

Chapter 1 / 10
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
4.3
Film view
2 Change settings - 2 Input tray
Change the film view in case the film curl is

desired to be towards the light box
Default value:
Normal
The film view menu is accessible via key-operator menu on the keypad and
key-operator menu via browser.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change input tray settings

Upper input tray
Normal
Back
Tag film format 14x17"
Film view
Overruling to film format 14x17"

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
Overruling to film type
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C
Lower input tray

Normal
Back
Film view

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C

536601fp.cdr
Figure 6
2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 11
DD+DIS150.05E
4.4
Beep on empty tray

Key-operator menu - 2 Change settings - 1

General
Adjust whether or not the customer shall be

informed via audible beeps about an empty tray.
Default value:
Audible alarm on - beep 5 times
The 'beep on empty tray' menu is accessible via key-operator menu on the
keypad and key-operator menu via browser.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change general settings

Date: 19
2004
Oct.
Time: 08
00
30
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Beep on empty tray 5 beeps
Keypad contrast (60 ... 80) 68
Keypad backlight (0 ... 100) 50
Typical 68
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Country code (tel)
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments
536601fq.cdr
Figure 7

Chapter 1 / 12
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
4.5
RF Tag
Service menu - 2 Change settings - 2 Input Tray
Define the behavior of the printer in case the RF

tag is not readable or available
Default value:
Printing with Dmax=2.00
The 'RF-tag' menu is accessible via service command session via browser
only.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
Service - Change input tray settings

If RF-tag is missing or malfunctioning
Printing not possible
Upper input tray
Normal
Back
Film view

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
536601fr.cdr
Figure 8

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 13
DD+DIS150.05E
4.6
Site data
Browser pages - Service Engineer tools - Enter

key-operator command session - 2 Change
settings - 1 General
Purpose:
Fill in site data to have an entry in the infocounter

about the installation site.
Default value:
None
The site data menu is accessible via the browser pages only
Note: It is mandatory to fill in site data. Otherwise after each switch on /
reboot of the printer a hint is displayed to enter the site data.
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this

Date: 19
2004
Oct.
Time: 08
00
30
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Typical 68
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments
536601fq2.cdr
Figure 9

Chapter 1 / 14
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Film Calibration
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for film
calibration
(1) Load the films the customer will
use in the upper and lower film
tray. Refer to note below.
(2) Select in key-operator menu
'6 Calibration - 1 Film
Calibration'
(3) Follow the instructions on the
display.
The calibration film will be
printed and measured
automatically by the printer
(see Figure 10)
(4) Repeat film calibration for
second input tray
536336as.cdr
Figure 10
The films delivered with the printer may only be used for test purposes.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 15
DD+DIS150.05E
Printer - Modality connection

The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for
connection of the printer to the modality.
The following table lists these tasks.
Task
Importance
Accessible via ...
Details see...
mandatory
--
6.1
Set-up logical printers
optional
Browser pages
6.2
Print diagnostic and/or

test images
mandatory
--
6.3
Adjust image settings
optional
Key-operator menu
and Browser pages
6.4
Let the modality be

set-up
6.1
Modality set-up
(1)
(2)
Let the modality be set-up ate the modality.

Tell the modality service engineer following printer parameters
Printer Type (Agfa Drystar 5302)
IP address
AE-title
Available film formats

Chapter 1 / 16
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
6.2
Logical printers Set-up

Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM

profile editor - Setup DICOM print SCP Servers
Purpose:
Define more than one logical printer. This may be

required in case a modality sends images from
different applications to the printer. See also Info
next page
Default value:
Only one logical printer.

Internal name: DEFAULT_SCP
Called AE title: DS5302
The DICOM print SCP setup menu is only accessible via the browser pages.
Example browser
screen:
HOME HELP
DICOM Print SCP Setup
Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device:

One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
Dicom Print SCP
Internal Name: DEFAULT_SCP
Listen at Port: 104
Max. allowed associations: 10
Secure channel (SSL):
Comments:
OK
Create new Dicom Print SCP
Cancel
Changes require reboot

5366_Reg01_003_e.cdr
Figure 11
Before creating additional logical printers, first try to adjust the Image Quality
parameters at modality side! The default Image Quality of the printer fits
almost all applications!
Only if changes at the modality side cannot be done, or the modality does
not deliver the required results, create logical printers and make adaptations
for these applications at the printer side to reach the customers Image
Quality requirements.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 17
DD+DIS150.05E
To configure logical SCP printers can

be necessary, in case for example
printing is initiated at a PACS system,
which has several modalities as
input.
Example:
The PACS system collects CR and
DSA images.
CR images shall be printed with
taste LUT Kanamori
DSA images shall be printed with
linear taste LUT.
Problem:
The workstation at the PACS system
has one AE title. The Drystar 5302
does not recognize, for which type of
modality (CR or CT) the user wants
to print.
Solution:
Create one logical printer
'Drystar5302_CT' and one
'Drystar5302_DSA'.
Create two different host profiles
for the two logical printers, one
with Kanamori LUT, the other with
linear taste LUT.
In the workstation setup both
printers: The user has to select
the proper logical printer.
Figure 12
The number of logical SCP printers is not limited. As each configured SCP
server consumes resources of the printer, use as little SCP servers as
possible. Rule of thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.
6.3
Printing of diagnostic and / or test images

(1) Print a few diagnostic images from the connected modalities.
(2) Compare them at the lightbox with the image on the monitor.

Chapter 1 / 18
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
6.4
Image adjustments
Image adjustments in general can be made at the modality and / or the printer.
For many modality - printer combinations the required image adjustments are
described in a Connectivity Release Document.
The systematic image adjustment is split up in following steps:
Step #
Description
Details see...
Perform adjustments as described in the

Connectivity Release Document for the modality
- printer combination.
6.4.1
If required, try to perform image adjustments at

the modality
6.4.2
In case the required image adjustment at the

modality is not possible, perform it at the printer.
Possibility 1: Via Key-operator menu
Possibility 2: Via DICOM profile Browser pages
6.4.3
6.4.4
In case the printer is part of a solution (e.g. IDIS Solution), refer to the
solution specific requirements concerning image adjustments.
6.4.1
Image Adjustments as described in the Connectivity Release Document

Connectivity Release Documents describe all parameters and required
adjustments to guarantee:
Communication between modality and the printer
Image adjustment at the modality and / or the printer.
MEDNET Path
Connectivity Release Documents are available in MEDNET, HealthCare

Library - General Info - Connectivity & Application
In case
The customer is not satisfied with the adjustments as described in the
Connectivity Release Document or
For this modality connection no Connectivity Release Document exists
Continue with next step: Image Adjustment at the Modality.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 19
DD+DIS150.05E
In case a Connectivity Release Document for a modality - printer connection

is available for Drystar 4500 (M), Drystar 5500 or Drystar 5300 only, this can
also be used for Drystar 5302.
The Drystar 5302 behavior is with some exceptions the same as the
behavior of the other printers mentioned above.
Main differences:
Compared to Drystar 4500 M, the Drystar 5302 does not support
Mammo functionality (Dmax > 3.6 O.D)
Compared to Drystar 5500, the Drystar 5302 does not support the
function to select a certain output tray (as only one is available).
Compared to Drystar 5300, the Drystar 5302 supports 2 different film
sizes or types simultaneously.
6.4.2
Image Adjustment at the Modality

Before adjusting the image quality at the printer, first try to adjust it at the
modality as described here! The default Image Quality of the printer fits
almost all applications!
Only if changes at the modality cannot be done, or the modality does not
deliver the required results, make adaptations for these modalities at the
printer to reach the customers Image Quality requirements.
Contrast Adjustment at the Modality
The Look-Up-Table is responsible for the contrast of the image (in
combination with Dmin and Dmax) and may be named at the modality:
Taste LUT
Perception LUT
Correction LUT
Presentation LUT
If possible use the "Kanamori Taste LUT" (if available also Dmax) to define the
contrast.

Chapter 1 / 20
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Sharpness Adjustment at the Modality

Case 1: Modality sends in page mode:
In case the modality sends the images in page mode (i.e. it does not send
single images to the printer but already the complete, prepared image
information for one film) use Cubic Bell interpolation. It is defined via following
smooth factors:
Cubic Bell smooth factors
Possible range
299 (less sharp) to 200 (very sharp)
Reasonable values
Default value
245
Legend
Interpolation Smooth Factors

299
251 245 235
less sharp
200
sharp
Limits
Default
Cubic Bell
299
too sharp
251
245 235
200
Reasonable values
536601GJ.CDR
Figure 13
Case 2: Modality sends in image mode:
In case the modality sends the images in image mode (i.e. it sends single
images to the printer to let the printer compose the single images for one film)
use Cubic High Res interpolation. It is defined via following smooth factors:
Cubic HighRes smooth factors
Possible range
Reasonable values
Default value
143
Interpolation Smooth Factors
199
less sharp
148
143 138
sharp
101
Cubic High Res
too sharp
536601GK.CDR
Figure 14

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 21
DD+DIS150.05E
The printer switches automatically to cubic Bell interpolation by evaluation of

the DICOM communication when no image scaling (i.e. magnification or
reduction) is required:
Cubic HighRes interpolation type does not sharpen the image.
Interpolation type 'Cubic Bell' sharpens the image however, independent
whether scaling is required or not.
This automatic switching is only performed in case the Interpolation Type is
adjusted to 'cubic high res' in the user profile (= default).
This behavior can be switched off via browser pages: Path "Service Tools Scaling Setup"
HOME HELP
Controller Setup
Reduction icon on image: yes

Kernel: when no image scaling is needed for CubicHighRes:
Automatically switch to CubicBell:
Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.9
yes
( >= 0.1 and <= 10 )
OK Changes require reboot

536401GN.CDR
Figure 15

Chapter 1 / 22
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
6.4.3
Basic Image Adjustment at the Printer via Key-Operator Menu


Quality - <Modality XYZ>
Purpose:
Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted

at the modality
Default value:
Look-up table: Kanamori. Refer to Figure 17

Interpolation: Cubic HiRes -0.7. Refer to
Figure 18
Dmax 3.20
Example browser
screen:
Welcome to this
Welcome to this

Daily used name
Modality AE-title
Look Up Table:
Interpolation:
Maximum density:

Select kanamori like value:
CT2
CT2_ARC
100
Linear
Kanamori
Kanamorilike
Select abosulte smoothing factor: (advised = -0.7)

-0.7
Replication
Linear
CubicHi-res
CubicBell

536601fs.cdr
280
285
290
295
Figure 16
Hint concerning interpolation settings:
Interpolation setting "Linear" usually gives too smooth image impression.
Interpolation settings "Replication" usually gives too "pixely" image
impression.
Both settings are used in exceptional cases only.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 23
DD+DIS150.05E
Possible Look up table settings

Dmax
Kanamori curve and

Kanamori like value
220
mori
Kana
Dmin
Kanamori_like 100 = Kanamori

Kanamori_like 200 = linear
Kanamori_like 220 = logarithmic
200
100
75
Input
255
536401GM.CDR
Figure 17
Interpolation Smooth Factors (Kernel values)
5.9
1.1
0.9
0.7
0.1
Cubic Bell
Legend
Limits
Default
5.9
1.1
0.9
0.7
0.1
Reasonable values
4.9
less sharp
-0.2 -0.7 -1.2

sharp
-4.9
536601GL.CDR
Cubic High Res
too sharp
Figure 18
For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application
Manual DD+DIS078.05E.
Each of the image adjustment parameters can be set for a specific modality.
Changing a parameter value will change the value of the respective
parameters in the 'DICOM Host profile for that specific modality.

Chapter 1 / 24
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Important remark: In changing parameter values this does not automatically

ensure that the value is applied.
Two situations can be distinguished
In case the modality does not send a parameter, the value set in the
printer is applied to the modality print job.
In case the modality sends a parameter value, even when an empty
value (" ") is sent, this value still has priority above the value set in
the printer. So, the value sent by the modality has higher priority then
the value set in the printer, and therefore it is always preferred to set
the required parameter value at the side of the modality.
If this cannot be done, an overrule flag can be set for the respective
parameter in the 'DICOM Host profile'. Setting this overrule flag can
only be done by editing the 'DICOM Host profile' via browser.
Refer to section 6.4.4.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 25
DD+DIS150.05E
6.4.4
Alternative: Image settings via DICOM host profile:

Browser pages - Service Engineer Tools - DICOM
profile editor Purpose:
Adjust Image Quality in case it cannot be adapted
at the modality
Default value:
Refer to Figure 19
Example browser
screen:
HELP
Host Profile: Name XYZ
These are the default settings for all print jobs coming from the host
(modality) specified under 'Calling AE title'.
The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input.
You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the left side.
Nick Name: Name XYZ
Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE
Use this profile only for local SCP server: all
Host Profile type: GENERIC-GENERIC Change
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity:
normal
Film Orientation: portrait
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported: yes
Print even if Application type not supported:
no
Kernel: site
Edit Custom Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,
Magnification: Edit Magn: max smoothFactor: -0.7
Pixel Size:
Edit ratio: 1.0 / 1.0
Perception LUT: kanamori
Kanamori Like value:
Custom value:
Illumination (cd/m2):
Reflected Ambient Light (cd/m2):
Border Density (OD x100):
Empty Image Density (OD x100):
Minimum Density (OD x100):
Maximum Density (OD x100):
site
300
Header Annotation:
Contents: none
Edit Custom
Font:
site
Edit Custom
Footer Annotation:
Contents: none
Edit Custom
Font:
site
Edit Custom
Window (%):
Level (%):
Image Orientation: r0
Conformance/Status Level: 0
Nevent enabled: off
site
Mammo modality: NO
Association Timeout (s):
Image Timeout (s):
Allow IMPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR LITTLE ENDIAN:
Allow EXPLICIT VR BIG ENDIAN:
Resolution: 508
Supported SOP classes: Edit
Early processing allowed: yes
LR like:
off
OK Cancel Show Defaults
Show last Input
Manually customized items are show in red

The last received input values are show in blue (click 'Show Last Input' button)
5366_Reg01_009_e.cdr
Figure 19
For details regarding image adjustments refer to the Hardcopy Application
Manual DD+DIS078.05E.

Chapter 1 / 26
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Acceptance Test
Purpose of the acceptance test:
Proof of printer reproduction capability of image on the monitor
Figure 20
Perform the acceptance test according to national regulations.
Example for Germany: DIN6868 Part 56
The German DIN6868 Part 56 is similar to the Image Quality Control
procedure based on IEC1223-2-4.
The Image Quality Control procedure based on IEC 1223-2-4 is described in
the Hardcopy Application Manual DD+DIS078.05E.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 27
DD+DIS150.05E
Completion of installation
The purpose of this section is to show the tasks that are required for customer
instruction and backup of printer settings.
The following table lists these tasks.
Task
8.1
Importance
Accessible via ...
Details see...
Instruct the Customer in

operation of the printer
mandatory
--
8.1
Save settings on backup

CF card
mandatory
Key-operator
menu
8.2
Customer Instruction
(1) Instruct the customer in following activities:
Activity
Refer to User or
Reference Manual ....
Switching on the printer: Warm up time 7 min.
User manual: "Switching on

the Drystar 5302"
Switching off the printer. It can take up to 20

secs. until the printer switches off
User Manual: "Switching off

the Drystar 5302"
Loading films: RF tag and its function
User Manual: "Loading

films"
Removing film jams
Reference manual
"Troubleshooting: Clearing
of film jams"
Show dust stripes on a previous test film and

how to prevent:
Reference manual
"Troubleshooting Checklist"
Keep printer always closed

Clean TH resistor line with alcohol and
lint free cloth when dust stripes appear or
when printer displays "Printhead cleaning
(2) Hand over the user and reference manual to the customer

Chapter 1 / 28
Drystar 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
8.2
Backup of Printer Settings

(1) Open the upper film tray to take
out the CF card for storage of
the machine specific data.
(2) Select Key-operator menu "4
Save Configuration"
(3) Follow the further instructions on
the LCD display
5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
Figure 21

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 1 / 29
DD+DIS150.05E
Chapter 2:
List of contents
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................... 2
Comparison to other AGFA B&W printers ............................ 3
2.1
Technical data .......................................................................................... 3
2.2
Technology and image manipulation ..................................................... 4
Film Run ................................................................................... 5
3.1
Backside Printing recognition................................................................. 8
3.2
Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm............................................................. 9
Calibrations ............................................................................ 10
Modules .................................................................................. 11
5.1
Printer modules ...................................................................................... 11
5.2
Hardware ................................................................................................ 13
5.3
Modules and E-Lables............................................................................ 15
Diagnostic Software .............................................................. 17
Thermal Model ....................................................................... 19

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / I
DD+DIS150.05E
INTRODUCTION
Purpose of the printer
Medium resolution (320 dpi) DICOM network dry printer for 14x17", 14x14",
14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2 blue base or clear base films
Printing principle
Direct thermal on thermo-sensitive, dry films. Blue based or clear based.
2 input trays and 1 output tray.
Main application
Well suited to all medical applications, especially CR applications. Cannot
be used for mammography.
Connections
Network connection only.
Service Concept
Customer installable;
No service PC needed for basic installation, maintenance and service, but
is convenient for entering detailed host profile settings, and needed for site
data;
Replacements mainly on Module level; exception: cables
All switches, sensors and motors are monitored via current measurement
on main engine controller (DEVIL CPU);
If online diagnosis does not detect the exact reason for the error, an offline
check of the modules can be performed via browser pages.
DX-S
53
66
02
ad
.cd
r
Ultrasound
CR QS
Printer
Service
Host
Figure 1: Typical network installation of a Drystar 5302

Chapter 2 / 2
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Comparison to other AGFA B&W printers
2.1
Technical data
POWER
Drystar 5302
(SW 1.8X)
Drystar 5300
(SW 1.9X)
Drystar 5500
(SW 3.0X)
Weight
90 kg
55 kg
188 kg
Power
Requirements
100-240V, 50/60 Hz;

70W (standby),
250W (printing);
530 (peak)
100-240V, 50/60 Hz;

70W (standby),
250W (printing);
530 (peak)
100-240 V, 50/60 Hz;

200W (standby),
450W (printing),
700 W (peak);
Auto switching power

supply

supply

supply
Throughput:
75/h (14x17") up to
140/h (8x10)
63/h (14x17") up to
86/h (11x14)
100/h (14x17") up to
160/h (8x10)
Max. Density:
3.2 O.D.
3.1 O.D.
3.2 O.D.
Resolution:
320 dpi
320 dpi
508 dpi
Number of
resistors in TPH:
4992
4992
7104
Grey levels
4096 out of 65535
4096 out of 65535
4096 out of 65535
Warm-up time:
4 minutes queuing 4 minutes queuing 4 minutes queuing

7 minutes printing
9 minutes printing
9 minutes printing
Available films
DT2B / C
DT2B / C
DT2B / C
Nr. of
simultaneous
Inputs
10 DICOM network
associations
10 DICOM network
associations
10 DICOM network
associations
Access time
max. 77 secs
max. 77 secs.
max . 76 secs.
11x14, 14x17
8x10, 10x12, 11x14,

14x14, 14x17
Film formats (inch) 8x10, 10x12, 11x14,

14x14, 14x17
Film formats used
simultaneously
Max. number of
image pixels on a
film
4358 x 5232 (14 x17")

12 bit
4256 x 5154 (14 x17")

12 bit
6922 x 8368 (14 x17")

12 bit
45,6 MB
43,87 MB
116 MB
Applications
All medical
applications, except
mammography
All medical
mammography
All medical
mammography

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 3
DD+DIS150.05E
2.2
Technology and image manipulation
POWER
Drystar 5302
(SW 1.8X)
Drystar 5300
(SW 1.9X)
Drystar 5500
(SW 3.0X)
Printing principle:
Direct thermal
Direct thermal
Direct thermal
Calibration:
Automatic / manual
Automatic / manual
Automatic / manual
Densitometer
Fixed (CDM)
Fixed (CDM)
Horizontal scanning
(MDM)
Transfer Protocol
DICOM
DICOM
DICOM, PS (Option)
Operating system
Portex Java
Portex Java
Portex Java
Network protocols telnet, ftp, SMTP, HTTP telnet, ftp, SMTP, HTTP telnet, ftp, SMTP, HTTP,
for remote service
Image
manipulation
(taste LUT,
interpolation etc.)
Data are sent by DICOM

host. Adjustments
possible via "DICOM
host profile editor".
Image rendering via
"A#sharp" compensation
algorithm

host. Adjustments
possible via "DICOM
host profile editor"

host. Adjustments
possible via "DICOM
host profile editor".
Image rendering via
"A#sharp" compensation
algorithm

Chapter 2 / 4
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Film Run
Cam drive
Output Rollers
Motor
Suspension drive
TH
Drum
CDM
Rollers driven by
gearbox module
(1 to 5)
Pickup Unit
1
2
Filmrun
upper tray
4
3
Vacuum Pump
Filmrun
lower tray
536602ag.cdr
Figure 2: Filmrun through the printer
Description of one film cycle:

1. The vacuum pump starts. Refer to Figure 3.
2. The suction cups of the pickup unit move down to the film. Refer to
Figure 4.
3. The gear box module starts driving the rollers. In addition it opens the
feeding rollers at the pickup unit. Refer to Figure 5.
4. The pickup unit transports the film between the feeding rollers.
5. The gearbox module transports the film further towards TH
6. In case the film is transported upwards from the lower tray, the input
sensors monitor the film run. refer to Figure 6
7. The cam drive moves the TH up, to let the film edge be transported
between TH and drum. refer to Figure 7. refer to Figure 8.
8. Depending on the previous film width (14" or 10"), the suspension drive
changes position or stays in the current position (TH pressure
adjustment)
9. The cam drive closes the gap between TH and drum
10. The drum motor moves the film forward: The heat transfer from TH to
film takes place. Refer to Figure 9.
11. When the film edge reaches the output module, the CDM checks
"backside printing". Refer to section 3.1 and to Figure 13.
12. When printing is finished, the cam drive opens the gap between TH and
drum
13. The output rollers transport the film out of the printer. Refer to Figure 12.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 5
DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 3: Pump & Valves Module
Figure 4: Film Pickup
Figure 5: Gear Box Module
Figure 6: Input Sensors Module
Figure 7: Cam drive
Figure 8: Suspension drive

Chapter 2 / 6
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 9: Drum Drive
Figure 10: Thermal Head
Figure 11: Print Drum
Figure 12: Output Module
Figure 13: CDM
Figure 14: Tag Reader

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 7
DD+DIS150.05E
3.1
Backside Printing recognition

The printer checks when the film arrives at the CDM, whether a small
rectangle in the center of the film, at the very beginning of the printable area,
has Dmax.
In case the density is below a certain threshold, the film must have been
inserted wrong. The printer stops printing, informs the user of back-side
printing, to check the correct positioning of the film and to remove the film
jam.
Black Rectangle for
Backside Printing Recognition
Distance
TH - CDM
Diagnostic Area
Border
(O.D. between Dmin and Dmax;
Refer to Host Profile parameter "Border Density")
Film printed on the

Non-Emulsion side
("Backside").
Backside printing
Remove film jam
536602dc.cdr
Figure 15: Backside printing recognition

Hint: The emulsion side in general is
slightly smoother than the backing
layer. This can be heard by wiping
over it The backing layer makes
much more noise.
Noise
(dB)
Backing layer
Emulsion layer
The backing layer has to be on top

when the film is laying in the tray.

Chapter 2 / 8
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
3.2
Left / Right Shift Print Algorithm

At this position, where the TH has to print always Dmax, i.e. at the left and
right image border, the TH looses its characteristic relatively fast, which is
determined by the Micro profile calibration in production.
As a consequence, the TH produces after many prints small print stripes at
this position in 14" films, where the black border of the 10" films is located.
To prevent, that the TH has to print the black border always at the same
position, a left/right shift algorithm is built in.
For each film pack the complete image information is shifted slightly:
pack 1 has 0 mm shift
pack 2 has +0.5mm shift
pack 4 has -0.5mm shift
and so on
The clear left and right borders are influenced by this shift mechanism but they
are within specification.
Image Info
Image Info
Exaggerated image
artifact without
left / right shift algorithm
Left / right shift algorithm

+0,5 mm
Image Info
Image Info
+0,5 mm
Image Info
Image Info Image Info
Image Info
Image Info
Image Info
Image Info
Image Info
14x17"
8x10"
Image Info Image Info
Image Info
Image Info
Image Info
Image Info
Shift of complete
Image Info
+- 0.5 mm
for each film pack
536602dd.cdr
Figure 16: Left / right shift print algorithm

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 9
DD+DIS150.05E
Calibrations
The following table lists the different Drystar 5302 calibrations:
CDM
TH profile
Film
Film printed
Purpose
To determine new reference

values for the CDM. This is
done via an external
densitometer.
To be done .....
Whenever the internal

densitometer has to be
adapted to an external
densitometer (for image
quality control)
To reduce vertical macro

banding (vertical density
irregularities). Only macro
density compensation is
possible (in opposite to micro
compensation in production)
Unacceptable line artifacts
visible in medical service test
image
if density reproduction
check is not ok
To measure the film

sensitometry and to use these
values for internal reference,
so that the printer behaves
linear regarding density
reproduction. In addition, the
maximum density is adapted
At maintenance
To compensate small
density variations of the
new film, when a new film
package is used.
After output module

replacement
Automatic yes/no
No
No
yes, but only if switched on**
* to be adapted via key-operator menu '6 configure - 2 printer settings - Cycles to calibrate TH'
** to be switched on via menu '2 Change settings - 5 Image Quality - 1 General - Select Default for Film Calibration.

Chapter 2 / 10
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Modules
This section is divided in following sub-sections:
Item
5.1
Section
Printer modules
5.1
Hardware
5.2
Modules and E-Lables
5.3
Printer modules
Figure 17: Printer Modules

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 11
DD+DIS150.05E
Name
E-Label*
Repairable
Purpose
Also used in
MOD #
Drystar 5300
10
KEYPAD/DISPLAY
MODULE
Yes
--
User Interface
GEAR BOX & BELT
--
Film drive towards TH
14
SUSPENSION DRIVE
MODULE
--
TH pressure adjustment (10" /

14" film width)
15
THEMIS 3 PCB W/O

RAM
Yes
CPU (Operation; image

processing)
12
512Mb RAM MODULE
Drystar 5300
18
DEVIL PCB
Yes
Yes
08
VILIS COOLING FAN
--
Cools down Devil/Themis/RAM
Drystar 5300
20
TPH COOLING FAN
--
Cools down TH
16
POWER SUPPLY
Yes
--
Main power supply for all

consumers
09
10
HARD DISC 73 GB
--
Data storage
Drystar 4500
--
11
OUTPUT MODULE
Yes
Yes
06
12
TPH FILTER MODULE
--
TPH dust filter
Drystar 5300
--
13
PUMP & VALVES ASSY
--
Vacuum for suction cups of

pickup module
Drystar 5500
17
14
Input Sensors Module
--
Filmrun check before print

drum
11
15
DRUM DRIVE MODULE
--
Drum drive
07
16
OSB SWITCH BOARD
--
TH power
Drystar 5300
--
17
PRINT DRUM MODULE
--
Print drum; Transport during

printing
--
18
THERMAL HEAD
Yes
Yes
Image transfer to film
Drystar 5300
05
19
TAG READER ASSY
--
Film tag reader
Drystar 5500
--
20
UPPER / LOWER PICK

UP MODULE
Yes
--
Film pickup via 2 suction cups
03/04
21
UPPER / LOWER TRAY

without Tag Reader
--
Film supply
01/02
22
CAM DRIVE MODULE
--
TH position adjustment
(printing / film transport in and
out of TH section)
13
RAM for operating system

CPU (film run)
Film transport out of printer.

Density measurement with
integrated CDM
*For description of E-Label refer to section 5.3, For Repairable/Inspection Part refer to section Fehler! Verweisquelle
konnte nicht gefunden werden..
Hint concerning completeness of this list:

This list does not show all spare parts. Parts that have no real function during
printing, like the covers or hand grips are not listed. Refer to chapter 5 for a
complete spare parts list.

Chapter 2 / 12
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
5.2
Hardware
This section shows an overview of all hardware components and lists their
purpose.
Key 6 board
SCSI
Devil CPU
Hard disk drive

> 73 GB
Display
RS232
IDE
ETH
CF drive
Sensors
Motors
Pumps
PCI
Power Supply
Thermal Head
Data
Power
RS232
Themis board
512 MB RAM
OSB Board
536602da.cdr
Figure 18: Hardware Components Overview

Hardware Component
Description
Themis Board
CPU. Keeps the operating system and

application software in RAM (518 MB)
during operation.
Keeps a flash EPROM for Bootup
Performs image processing
Devil CPU
Controls all sensors, motors, valves

and pump
Controls the power supply
Sends the image data to the Thermal
Head
Provides for following connections:
SCSI interface to hard disk
CF card reader
Ethernet 10/100 Mb/sec. twisted pair
interface
RS232 service port

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 13
DD+DIS150.05E
Key 6 Board
Hard disk
Controls the display with 240 (width) x

64 (height) pixels
Controls all buttons and LEDs
required for operation
Keeps the operating system, all
application software and diagnostic
data. The harddisk is divided into four
partitions:
Partition C: application software with
fixed data, write protected during
normal operation
Partition D: variable data to be
changed during operation like
configuration files, image annotation
files, calibration files.Partition E:
composed image / diagnostic data to
print on the film (image composition
map)Partition F: image queue with
diagnostic data
CF drive
To save or install data via CF card

type II
Thermal head
Transfers the diagnostic data (pixels)

via heating elements to the heat
sensitive film
OSB board
Switch board for the different TH

heating elements
Provides the power for heating up the
resistor elements
Power supply
Supplies all voltages for the printer

(+3,3 V, + 5 V, +12 V, -12 V, +20 V,
+24 V, + 55V)
Connected via RS232 interface to the
Devil board, to allow saving temporary
data before switch off

Chapter 2 / 14
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
5.3
Modules and E-Lables

The E-Label is a small EPROM attached to the module, which keeps
information about the module, like e.g.
Name
Hardware Version
Nr. of print cycles
Last error code
An example for the readout of an E-Label is given in Figure 20
In case the E-label is defective or not connected the printer issues a warning
message. Printing is possible however also without E-label.
The decision, whether a module has an E-label or not depends on whether the
corresponding module ......
can be repaired in the repair center
is worth to be repaired
The table in section 5.1 lists, which module has an E-Label.
Figure 19: Example for E-Label at Power Supply

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 15
DD+DIS150.05E
_____________________________
Name....................................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/name
Name....................................Value
OUTPUT ASSY
HardwareVersion.................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hardwareVersion
HardwareVersion.................Value 3
OrderNumber.......................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/orderNumber
OrderNumber.......................Value
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/partNumber
PartNumber..........................Uri
PartNumber..........................Value
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rdeNumber
RdeNumber..........................Uri
RdeNumber..........................Value A333462.3
SerialNumber.......................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/serialNumber
SerialNumber.......................Value
40
FirstUseDate........................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/firstUseDate
FirstUseDate........................Value
LastUseDate........................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastUseDate
LastUseDate........................Value
HoursOfOperation...............Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/hoursOfOperation
HoursOfOperation...............Value 1876
NrOfCycles...........................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfCycles
NrOfCycles...........................Value 21166
LastRepairDate....................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairDate
LastRepairDate....................Value
RepairSiteName...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/repairSiteName
RepairSiteName...................Value
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/nrOfRepairs
NrOfRepairs.........................Uri
NrOfRepairs.........................Value 0
LastRepairCode...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastRepairCode
LastRepairCode...................Value
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/lastModuleSpecificErrors
LastModuleSpecificErrors...Value HC205007
NominalCalIntensity............Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/nominalCalIntensity
NominalCalIntensity............Value 9500
MinCalIntensity...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/minCalIntensity
MinCalIntensity...................Value
8500
MaxCalIntensity...................Uri
http://www.agfa.com/module/Output/rde/maxCalIntensity
MaxCalIntensity...................Value 10500
_____________________________
RandomUri
RandomValue
backToMain
produce
request
randomRequest
reconfigureThisELabel
Figure 20: Example for E-Label content

Chapter 2 / 16
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Diagnostic Software
An online diagnosis software is permanently monitoring the correct feedback
signal and timing of the valves and the pump, motors and sensors which are
connected to the Devil module.
In case of a mismatch an error is issued.
Example message:
MOD04
Please replace module
Printer
Software
Application
Software
Online
Diagnosis
Devil CPU
Operating System
536602aa.cdr
Figure 21

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 17
DD+DIS150.05E
Errors are internally divided into
incidents
warnings
defects
In general incidents are user clearable, warnings are "key-operator"

(= experienced user or hospital technician) clearable, whereas defects have to
be repaired by service personnel.
Warnings and error messages are written into the infocounter.
Errors: Classification and treatment
Filmrun
Step 1
user
clearable
Message in plain text.
E.g. 'close upper cover'
Online
Diagnosis
key-operator
clearable
everything no
okay?
incident
warning
defect
Message in plain text:

E.g. CDM not calibrated
yes
Infocounter
Filmrun
Step n
service
clearable
Error message:
HC10907:
Suspension motor M3 not
connected or malfunctioning
536602af.cdr
Figure 22

Chapter 2 / 18
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Thermal Model
The thermal model is a mathematical description of the interaction Film
TH.
The thermal model uses parameters like film thickness, thermal
conductivity of the film, TH temperature; environmental temperature, print
speed and resolution of the print head.
The thermal model TMML (Thermal Model Multi Layer; R&D name of the
product official name 'A # Sharp') describes this interaction very
accurate, leading to a very precise reproduction of the image.
With the thermal model "TMML" the image looks very sharp and has the
image quality of a Laser Imager.
Heat of following
pixel
Drum
temperature
Heat of previous
pixel
Heat of neighbor
pixel
TH temperature
Thermal Model
Pixel Stream
Mathematical
Thermal
Model
Description
of
Interaction Film - TH
Parameter Z
Pixel Stream
Thermal conductivity
film
Parameter Y
Parameter X
Thermal sensitivity
film
Figure 23

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 2 / 19
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Machine specific safety instructions and hints for repair work
Chapter 3.1:
List of contents
Machine specific safety equipment, precautions and hints........ 1
1.1
Safety equipment for repair work .................................................................... 1
1.2
Safety precautions of the printer..................................................................... 1
1.2.1
1.2.2
Safety switch................................................................................................................... 2
Supplementary ground cable .......................................................................................... 2
1.3
Guidelines regarding safety during service work .......................................... 3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
General safety guidelines for service work ..................................................................... 3

Safety Guidelines for Printed Circuit Board Replacements ............................................ 3
Safety Guidelines regarding Service PC Connection ..................................................... 4
Safety Guidelines regarding the Thermal Print Head ..................................................... 4
Safety check upon completion of the repair work ....................... 5
2.1
Visual check ...................................................................................................... 5
2.2
Electrical check................................................................................................. 6
2.2.1
2.2.2
Basic Protective Earth Test............................................................................................. 6

Electrical Check according to National Regulations. ...................................................... 7

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.1 / I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Machine specific safety equipment, precautions and

hints
This section describes all machine specific safety aspects to be considered
during repair work on the printer.
It is divided into the following sub-sections:
Sub-section
1.1
Details see..
Safety equipment for repair work
1.1
Safety precautions of the printer
1.2
Guidelines regarding safety during repair work
1.3
Safety equipment for repair work

During repair work at printed circuit boards it is mandatory to wear an antistatic wrist strap (order no.: CM+9.9999 0830.0).
This avoids static discharges on electronic components. Static discharges
can lead to defective components on the printed circuit boards.
1.2
Safety precautions of the printer

This section describes all machine specific safety precautions built into the
printer.
It lists following safety precautions:
Safety precaution
Details see..
Safety switch
1.2.1
Supplementary ground cable
1.2.2

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 1
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
1.2.1
Safety switch
The machine has one safety

switch, located below the top
cover.
It serves as a safety feature if
someone opens the machine e.g.
to remove a film jam.
S8
When the top cover is opened, the

safety switch is activated.
536631aa.cdr
It cuts off the voltage to all motors

and the print head.
Figure 1
For service purposes the safety switch SW1 can be overridden by

means of a service key. In this case there is a risk of injuries by moving
mechanical or current-carrying electrical parts.
Before the printer is closed the service key must be removed again,
otherwise the mechanism of the safety switch may get damaged.
1.2.2
Supplementary ground cable

To meet the regulations for the printer according to the machine standards
EN60601-1 there is usually no Supplementary ground cable required. This
also applies to installations in the patient's room.
Exception:
The printer is located in the patient's room AND is connected to
equipment not corresponding to EN60601-1.
In this case a Supplementary ground
cable must be connected to the
provided 'Equipotential plug'
connector at the back of the printer.
Equipotential plug
The supplementary ground cable is

not included in the machine
shipment.
Specifications of the cable:
green/yellow color,
cross-section of 4 mm2.
536631JM.cdr
Figure 2

Chapter 3.1 / 2
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
1.3
Guidelines regarding safety during service work

This section describes the safety guidelines to be considered during service
work.
Safety precaution
1.3.1
Details see..
General safety guidelines for service work
1.3.1
Safety Guidelines for Printed Circuit Board Replacements
1.3.2
Safety Guidelines regarding Service PC Connection
1.3.3
Safety Guidelines regarding the Thermal Print Head
1.3.4
General safety guidelines for service work

The following points must be observed during all repair or maintenance work:
Make sure to always disconnect the machine to be repaired or maintained
from the mains.
1.3.2
Caution: Even when the machine is switched off, as long as it has not
been disconnected from the mains some components may still be
supplied.
Caution: If the mains connection is absolutely necessary for the

respective action (repair and maintenance work), this job must only be
done by trained personnel.
Before printer service or replacing conductive parts always switch off the
printer and disconnect the power.
Before switching the printer off make sure that there are no films being
printed at this time.
Replace defective parts with original spare parts only.
Safety Guidelines for Printed Circuit Board Replacements

When handling printed circuit boards (abbr.: PCBs) the following points must
be observed:
Always switch off the printer and unplug the power cord, before you
disconnect or connect cables on printed circuit boards.
When working on PCBs, always wear an anti-static wrist strap. Never
touch any parts or components on PCBs with your bare fingers.
PCBs have to be kept or transported in their protection bags. Never carry
a PCB without protection bag and walk on carpet or plastic floor covering
(electrostatic charge).
Once the PCB is taken out of its protection bag, it has to be protected
from electrostatic charge by a grounded mat.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
1.3.3
Safety Guidelines regarding Service PC Connection

Most of the Service PCs are not in compliance with the EN60601-1
standards. Therefore a Service PC which is to be connected via RS232 or
RJ45 interface to a printer must not be connected to the mains but must be
operated on its internal battery supply (low voltage). Only in this case the
printer keeps its EN60601-1 compliance.
However, if the service PC is connected to the RS232 or RJ45 interface and
has to be connected to the mains, take care, that nobody touches the printer.
1.3.4
Safety Guidelines regarding the Thermal Print Head

During operation the Thermal Print
Head gets hot (up to 70 C).
Avoid contact with the Thermal
Print Head due to the risk of burn.
Observe the corresponding sticker
on the Thermal Print Head.
Figure 3
When replacing the Thermal Head the following points must be observed:
The thermal head has a printed circuit board integrated. This means, that
the same safety guidelines apply for the Thermal Head than for printed
circuit boards (see 1.3.2.)
The aluminum surface, on which the Thermal Head is mounted, may not
be scratched during replacement of the Thermal Head. Possible scratches
have to be removed with a sand paper or a file, to prevent uneven
pressure of the Thermal Head on the film.
When replacing or cleaning the Thermal Head take care not to damage
the Thermal Head: Too high pressure on the TH film guide can lead to the
failure of single heating elements. Be aware, that the Thermal Head is a
very sensitive part and has to be treated very cautiously

Chapter 3.1 / 4
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Safety check upon completion of the repair work

Upon completion of any repair job, especially after replacing or installing
conductive parts, check the following points as a routine safety check.
Country specific regulations must be observed as well.
2.1
Safety check
Details see..
Visual check
2.1
Electrical check
2.2
Visual check
Make sure that the power cord and the cables inside the machine do not
show any signs of damage.
Make sure that the ventilation slots before the print head and the power
supply are free and that the print head and power supply ventilation is
working properly.
Make sure, that no obstacles can cause stumbling (e.g. cables), and no
defective covers, sharp edges or parts sticking out in the vicinity of the
machine can cause injuries.
Make sure that no smoldering spots or wrong cabling is visible.
Make sure that all grounding connections to metallic covers are present.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.2
Electrical check
In case of power supply replacements or Maintenance check the protective
earth resistance according to the national regulations.
The electrical check is split up in two steps:
2.2.1
Step
Task
Details see..
Perform the basic protective earth test
2.2.1
Perform the electrical check according to

National Regulations.
2.2.2
Basic Protective Earth Test

(1) Use a multimeter that is
capable to measure a
resistance < 1 Ohm
(2) Put one probe at the ground
connector of the mains input
(3) Put the other probe at a few
metallic parts, the customer
could touch.
The electrical resistance has to
be 0.2 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 4.
536631JN.cdr
Figure 4

Chapter 3.1 / 6
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
(4) Insert the power cord at the

printer side; leave it
disconnected at the wall side.
connector of the mains
connector.
could touch.
The electrical resistance in this
case has to be 0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 5.
536631JK.cdr
Figure 5
In case the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2
Ohm without mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable) check the printer for
loose grounding connections!
2.2.2
Electrical Check according to National Regulations.

(1) Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each
12 months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance)
depend on National Regulations.
Example for Germany: BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent
regulations.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.1 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Machine specific tools, software tools and auxiliary means
List of Contents
1
Machine specific Tools..............................................................1
1.1
Mandatory tools ......................................................................................... 1
1.2
Optional tools............................................................................................. 2
1.2.1 Minimum configuration of the Service PC ................................................................3

1.2.2 Recommended configuration of the Service PC ......................................................3
Software Tools ...........................................................................4
2.1
Key-operator menu on the local keypad .................................................. 5
2.2
Infocounter ................................................................................................. 5
2.2.1 Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report .............................................7

2.2.2 Infocounter Analysis via Service Command session ...............................................8
2.2.3 How to evaluate the Infocounter ..............................................................................8
2.3
Test images ...............................................................................................10
2.3.1
2.3.2
2.3.3
2.3.4
2.3.5
Testimage STI1......................................................................................................11
Testimage STI2......................................................................................................13
Testimage SMPTE .................................................................................................14
Testimage Medical_Image .....................................................................................16
Testimage LinCheck ..............................................................................................17
2.4
Show Error Codes.....................................................................................18
2.5
Web Pages.................................................................................................18
2.5.1
2.5.2
2.5.3
2.5.4
2.5.5
Operator Tools .......................................................................................................20

Key-Operator Tools................................................................................................21
Service Engineer Tools ..........................................................................................22
Connection to the web pages.................................................................................25
Usage of the web pages ........................................................................................29
2.6
Printer Logging .........................................................................................37
2.6.1 Required information for the support center...........................................................37

2.6.2 Printer Bootup-Message ........................................................................................39
2.7
ADVP ..........................................................................................................43
2.7.1 ADVP as DICOM print SCU ...................................................................................44

2.7.2 ADVP as DICOM print SCP (Print Emulator) .........................................................44
2.7.3 ADVP as Communication Recorder.......................................................................46
Software Installation................................................................49
3.1
SW Update: Loading a SW Patch ............................................................49
3.1.1 Software Update via CF card .................................................................................50

3.1.2 Software Update via a remote computer................................................................50
3.2
Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty Hard Drive ......................51
3.3
Emergency SW Installation on a printer in

"Error - System Failure" state..................................................................52

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Machine specific Tools

In addition to the conventional service tools which every service engineer has
in his toolbox, the following tools are required for service on the printer:
1.1
Mandatory tools
The mandatory tools are required for repair, troubleshooting or maintenance of
the printer.
Tool
Part Number
Purpose
Anti-static wrist strap
CM+9.9999.0830.0
To avoid static discharges

on electronic components
Cleaning tissue (box of 50 CM+309931.0

pieces)
To clean the TH
Densitometer*
To be bought locally To perform CDM

calibration
Ink Eraser 'Pelikan'
10+999991176.0
For the 'dry TH cleaning'

procedure
Isopropyl Alcohol and lint

free cloth
Commercially
available
To clean the TH.

Alternative to Cleaning
tissue
Loop 8x
CM+9.9579.9904.0
To check image quality of

films at the lightbox
Service key
CM+9.0426.6309.0
To override the safety

switch
Standard ruler (1mm)
Commercially
available
For horizontal image

adjustment
*As DT film used in the Drystar printers has a slightly different color
compared to conventional films, different densitometers give different density
readings, depending on the light source.
To make a correct density measurement use only a calibrated densitometer
MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag
D200-2. Other densitometers are not supported.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/1
Repair and Service

1.2
DD+DIS150.05E
Optional tools
The optional tools are required in exceptional cases only.
Tool
Part Number
Crossed network
cable
EB+72010270 To get access to the printer

or commercially homepage, in case access via the
available
hospital network is not possible.
RS232 null-modem
cable for the Service
PC (SUB D 9F/9F)
EB+44160021
To get access to the printers

terminal level. Only required in
exceptional cases for
troubleshooting.
Compact Flash
reader/writer USB
EB+72010600
To read/write the CF-cards on a

Desktop/Service PC.
PCMCIA CF-card
adapter
EB+72010160
To read/write the CF-card on the

Service PC.
External CF-card
128 MB
CM+343356.0
To install and/or save software &

data.
Service PC
Commercially
available.
To perform different service actions

(access to the printer homepage;
evaluate infocounter etc.)
See also 1.2.1

and 1.2.2 on
page 3.
Purpose

Chapter 3.2/2
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
1.2.1
Minimum configuration of the Service PC

The following specification is an absolute minimum configuration for the
Service PC:
Type
Laptop
Screen
VGA compatible, 800x600 Pixel
Mouse
integrated
CPU
Pentium, 133 MHz
RAM
64 Mbytes
Hard disk
2 Gbytes
Disk drive
3.5 1.44 Mbytes
CD-ROM drive
24-times
Serial port
COM1 or COM2 available
Network board
Ethernet 10 Mbps
Operating system
Windows 95, 98 or NT
Browser
Internet Explorer 5.0
Modem
analog 56 Kbps or ISDN
As the printer has a CF card reader integrated, it is important to have a

Service PC with CF card reader (USB or PCMCIA)
1.2.2
Recommended configuration of the Service PC

The national Agfa GICS department (Global Information and Communication
Services) is responsible for selection and configuration of the Service PC.
The actual specification is available via Agfa Intranet: Follow the link:
Agfa Intranet IT helpdesk - GICS Intranet - Infrastructure Standards - Agfa
standards for PCs, laptops, printers, organizers, mobiles,...
For employees not directly working at Agfa - and so not getting the service
PC directly from GICS, we recommend to use the minimum configuration of
the Service PC mentioned above as a guideline regarding PC hardware and
software.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Software Tools
Following software tools are available
Software Tool
Purpose
Details see..
Key-operator
menu on the local
keypad
Perform most of the required service

actions
2.1
Infocounter
Troubleshooting
2.2
Test images
Troubleshooting image faults;

Confirmation of perfect image quality
2.3
Show error codes
View reason, meaning and cure of error

codes
2.4
Web Pages
Perform DICOM attribute adjustments,

e.g. image adjustments
2.5
Logging
View the online logging for

troubleshooting purposes
2.6
ADVP
Test the DICOM communication

between modality and printer
2.7
Besides the functions offered in the Service menu and the WebPages no
other service software is available nor required.

Chapter 3.2/4
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.1
Key-operator menu on the local keypad

PURPOSE
USE
The key-operator menu allows most of the actions that are required for
installation, repair and maintenance of the printer.
(1) Press the Key-operator menu key
to select the Key-operator
menu.
(2) With the
and
keys select
the desired menu, (or the desired
character when entering text).
and
keys to
(3) Use the
select the desired digit.
(4) Press
to confirm a selection or
to cancel.
536601ga.cdr
Figure 1
NOTES
2.2
(1) The Key-operator menu is also available via the Web pages
(username: drystar, password: 5302).
(2) For a complete description of the Key-operator functions, please refer to
the DRYSTAR 5302 Reference manual.
An overview of all key-operator menus is available in section 3.7,
Software menus, Settings.
Infocounter
PURPOSE
The infocounter is used for troubleshooting purposes and for investigation of

the printer history before maintenance.
It contains following information:
-
General information about the printer
Information about the installation site of the printer
Information about the configuration and hardware components of the

printer
Statistics about service interventions
Statistics about machine reliability
Error history
This information about the printer is located in a persistent database.

Every 10 minutes there is an automatic update of the database on the hard
disk.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
A copy of the infocounter data is always stored in the battery RAM of the
printer. At software installation the contents of the battery RAM are written to
the hard disk drive.
This guarantees, that the infocounter data are not lost after exchange of the
hard disk drive
To view the infocounter a service PC is required.
Two possibilities exist to get the infocounter on the Service PC:
#
Type of Infocounter analysis:
Refer to ...
Via Printers Infocounters Report
2.2.1
Via Service Command session
2.2.2
We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via Printers

Infocounters Report', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter.
Method B, 'Via Service Command session ' might be useful, when you can
access a PC in the hospital network for a short time, to save the infocounter
file on the printer CF card for analysis on the Service PC.

Chapter 3.2/6
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME
7 Service Actions
5 Logging
2. Infocounters
General information
List of errors
Printer Infocounters report
DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Enter key-operator command session
Enter service command session
Release remote command session
Scalingtools
Setup
Connectivity
DICOM profile editor
Welcome to this
LPD Profile Editor
Network configuration
Printqueue editor
Service - Loggings
Controller logging
1. To printer flash card
Modules
2. To this computer
Module repair
Go back
536609cf.cdr
Figure 2
2.2.1
Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report

(1) Connect the Service PC to the
network
(2) Start the browser (Internet
Explorer 5)
(3) Enter the IP address of the
printer in the address window.
(4) Select menu "Service Engineer
Tools - Printer Infocounters
Report"
(5) Analyze the infocounter file as
described in section 2.2.3,
How to evaluate the Infocounter
Service PC
Printer
536632el.cdr
Figure 3

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/7
Repair and Service

2.2.2
Infocounter Analysis via Service Command session

network
Explorer 5)
Tools - Enter Service Command
Session - 7 Service Actions - 5
Logging - 2 Infocounters"
(5) Save the infocounter file to the
service PC or the CF card.
(6) Unzip the
ICN_drystar5302_xxxx_DATE.zi
p
(xxxx stands for serial number)
file
(7) Analyze the infocounter.txt file
as described in section 2.2.3,
2.2.3
DD+DIS150.05E
Service PC
Printer
536632el.cdr
Figure 4

Infocounters.txt evaluation
What to check in the
infocounter
Comment
1.1 Serial number and

Installation date
Compare device serial number with chapter 8

Manufacturing Standard Modification to
determine whether the device possibly requires a
modification.
Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), HW Modification
History, to check already made modifications.
1.4 Software Info
Compare the currently installed SW version with

the latest SW version described in chapter 3.8,
SW releases, patches.

Chapter 3.2/8
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
infocounter
Comment
2.3 Reliability
Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher

fault rates need a thorough investigation.
3.3 Hardware Modification

History
By comparing the status of the device with the

available modifications (refer to Technical
Documentation chapter 8) the exact hardware
status can be determined.
3.4 Software modification

history
By checking the software modification history it

can be determined, whether a recent software
upgrade solved a problem, that occurred quite
often in the error list in the past
5.3 Retries
Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints)

have to be investigated: They may reduce the
throughput of the device.
5.7 Error History
Check which errors occurred in the last days,

how often they appeared as well as the CBF
(cycles between failures) of these errors. This
gives an overview of the current status of the
machine.
5.8 Error list (sorted by

relative) and
Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the

technical documentation, chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting.

total):

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/9
Repair and Service

2.3
DD+DIS150.05E
Test images
PURPOSE
The test images are used to check the complete printer function as well as
checking the image quality and certain adjustments
The list enclosed gives an overview of the different test images. This list is
based on software release 1.8.
Name / Purpose
Thumbnail picture
Details see..
'STI1'
2.3.1
Composed of many different test

images to check all aspects of
image quality.
'STI2'
2.3.2
Composed of many different test

images to check all aspects of
image quality.
SMPTE
2.3.3
Standard test image for evaluation

of image quality.
Medical_image
2.3.4
Test image to check, whether

image artifacts, which are slightly
visible in one of the technical
images, are also visible in a
medical test image.
LinCheck
2.3.5
Test image with 11 increasing grey

values. Used for density
reproduction check.

Chapter 3.2/10
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.3.1
Testimage STI1
PURPOSE
USAGE
Composed of many different test images to check all aspects of image

quality.
(1) In the browser pages select menu
'Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3
Print Testimage - STI1.ZIP'.
(2) The test image as displayed in
Figure 5 will be printed.
Figure 5
EVALUATION
Evaluate the test image at the

lightbox as follows:
(1) Field 1 contains a continuous
grey wedge from grey value 0 to
255.
Check: no single grey steps may
be visible (in case single grey
steps are visible, this is called
'contouring'. The naming for this
artifact is derived from the contour
lines in a hiking map).
Figure 6

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
(2) Field 2 consists of 256 small squares, with grey values from 0 to 255.
Each square has inside another smaller square, with a grey level which is
2 grey steps darker than the surrounding square.
Check: all 256 squares must be visible. In addition, a contrast difference
must be visible between the individual square and the small square
inside.
(3) Field 3 contains a flat field with density value 2.0.
Check: no stripes in any direction may be visible.
In case an artifact in the image can be observed, refer to chapter 3.3,
troubleshooting for symptom, reason and cure.

Chapter 3.2/12
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.3.2
Testimage STI2
PURPOSE
USAGE
Composed of several different test images to check most aspects of image

quality.
Print Testimage - STI2.ZIP'.
Figure 7
EVALUATION

(1) Field 1 contains white and black
lines / dots of 1, 2 and 3 pixel
width
Check: all lines / dots must be
visible
(2) Field 2 consists of a SMPTE
testimage. Refer to 2.3.3
(3) Field 3 consists of a flatfield with
Dmax 1.0
Check: No line artifacts in
horizontal or vertical direction
may be visible.
Figure 8

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/13
Repair and Service

2.3.3
DD+DIS150.05E
Testimage SMPTE
PURPOSE
USAGE
Standard test image for evaluation of image quality and for trouble shooting
(see chapter 3.3.).
(1) In the key-operator menu select '3
Print Image - 1 Testimage SMPTE_xxx.tif'.
SMPTE_lin.TIF: Taste LUT

linear. Dmax = Dmax Printer
SMPTE_l300.TIF: Taste LUT
linear. Dmax = 3.0
SMPTE_kan.TIF: Taste LUT
Kanamori. Dmax = Dmax Printer
Figure 9

Chapter 3.2/14
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
EVALUATION

(1) Fields 1 (4x) consist of 6 squares
with horizontal and vertical black
and white stripes (1, 2 and 3
pixels wide).
Check: Each of the 6 squares
must show constant distance
between the black and white lines
(no interferences may be visible,
leading to unequal distances).
(2) Fields 2 (4x) have the same
pattern as fields 1, but less
contrast
Figure 10
Check: All 6 squares must be visible.

(3) Fields 3 (3x) consist of several squares with the same density.
Check: The individual squares must show constant density. No stripes or
other artifacts.
(4) Field 4 consists of a black square (100% black) with a smaller grey
square inside (95% black)
The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must be a
smaller square with slightly lower density.
(5) Field 5 consists of a white square (0% black) with a smaller grey square
inside (5% black)
Check: The square must show 2 different densities, i.e. inside there must
be a smaller square with slightly higher density.
(6) Field 6 consists of a black square (100% black).
Check: The square must show Dmax (default: 3.2 O.D.)
(7) Fields 7 consists of a white square (0% black).
Check: The square must show fog level (for clear based film approx. 0.1
O.D., for blue based film approx. 0.2 O.D.)
To check density reproduction, especially for Dmax, use the LinCheck.ZIP
test image and measure in the "Density measurement area", as there also
the CDM is measuring. Only in this case the measured densities are
comparable.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/15
Repair and Service

2.3.4
DD+DIS150.05E
Testimage Medical_Image
PURPOSE
USAGE
Test image to check, whether image artifacts, which are slightly visible in one
of the technical images, are also visible in a medical test image.
Print Testimage Medical_image.ZIP'.
Figure 11
EVALUATION Evaluate the test image at the lightbox as follows:
(1) This medical test image of a chest is the most critical medical test image
regarding visibility of image artifacts, due to its huge bright areas. In
bright areas the eye is most sensitive.
Check: image artifacts, like stripes in horizontal or vertical direction,
which are slightly visible in a technical image (e.g. STI test image), may
not be visible in the medical test image.

Chapter 3.2/16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.3.5
Testimage LinCheck
PURPOSE
USAGE
Test image to check density reproduction.

Print Testimage - LinCheck.ZIP'.
536632ga.cdr
Figure 12
EVALUATION
(1) The test image contains a grey

wedge. This grey wedge is
measured during the density
reproduction check.
Refer to chapter 3.6,
Adjustments.
Density measurement area
536632gb.cdr
Figure 13
For check of density reproduction only measure in the density measurement
area, as there also the CDM is measuring.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/17
Repair and Service

2.4
DD+DIS150.05E
Show Error Codes

PURPOSE
USAGE
View Reason - Meaning - Cure at the local display to an error that appeared
at the printer.
Possibility 1: View the last error code:
(1) In the key-operator menu select 7 Service Actions - 1 Error messages
Possibility 2: View all error codes:
(1) In the browser pages select menu 'Service Engineer Tools - List of errors
2.5
Web Pages
The web pages provide for following menus:
Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Service engineer tools
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Figure 14

Chapter 3.2/18
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Menu
Content (Short description)
Refer to .....
Operator Tools
Printer queue management for the

operator
2.5.1
Key-Operator Tools
Same like Key-Operator menu on local

display
2.5.2
Service Engineer
Tools
Functions for configuration and

troubleshooting of the Controller part of
the printer
2.5.3
Specialist Tools
Software tools reserved for R&D to

perform special actions during test
phase of the printer.
Not further
described
Security Tools
Software Tools to configure user

access control and secure
communication as defined by HIPAA.
This menu is reserved for the Hospital
Security Manager
Not further
described
Help
Describes purpose and content of the

Web pages menus.
Not further
described
A detailed structure of the web pages can be found in chapter 3.7, Software
menus, settings.
For more information to the webpages refer to .....
section 2.5.4 for Connection to the web pages
section 2.5.5 for two examples about the usage of the webpages

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/19
Repair and Service

2.5.1
DD+DIS150.05E
Operator Tools
Welcome to this
Operator - Printer Status

HOME
Id Patient Name Host Created On Sent Status
Priority
Normal
875
CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Printing
XYZ
Normal
876
CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Printing
XYZ
Normal
877
CT_A 16-02-2005 0/46 Printing
XYZ
878
CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Calculating Normal
XYZ
Normal
879
CT_A 16-02-2005 0/1 Waiting
XYZ
Delete
Set Emergency
View Status
Figure 15
Main Purpose
Printer queue management for the operator
Username / Password
operator / operator
Sub menus
None
Comment
--

Chapter 3.2/20
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.5.2
Key-Operator Tools
Welcome to this
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS

Remote sessions
HOME

Figure 16
Main Purpose
Provides same functions like Key-Operator

menu on local display
Username / Password
drystar / 5302
Sub menus
1. Enter key-operator command session: Shows

list of menus like Key-Operator menu on local
keypad.
2. Release remote command session: Makes a
reset on the key-operator command session,
to release the connection, in case the keyoperator command session hangs.
As long as a key-operator or service command session via web pages is

active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Service active'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session web pages at
the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/21
Repair and Service

2.5.3
DD+DIS150.05E
Service Engineer Tools

Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
536632hb.cdr
Figure 17
Main Purpose
Provides functions for configuration and

troubleshooting of the Controller part of the
printer
Username / Password
mega / ******
Sub menus
1. List of errors: Shows list of all HC.... error

codes. Same content like chapter 3.3,
appendix, error codes..
2. Infocounters Report: Shows printer
infocounter.
3. DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report*: Shows
infocounter of the Controller part of the
printer.
4. Software versions*: Shows SW versions of
printer and controller part of the printer.
5. Show printer status: Shows possible
warnings or defects or user messages which
are currently displayed at the local display.
6. Enter key-operator command session: Same

Chapter 3.2/22
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
function like Key-operator Menu on local

keypad.
7. Enter service command session: Same
function like Service Menu on local keypad.
8. Release remote command session: Makes a
reset on the Key-operator / Service command
session, to release the connection, in case
the session hangs.
9. Reboot Drystar*: Reboots the printer.
10. Scaling Setup: Menu to define general image
interpolation related settings
11. DICOM profile editor: Different menus to
define printer behavior regarding DICOM
communication.
12. LPD profile editor: Different menus to define
printer behavior regarding Postscript
communication
13. Network Configuration: Allows special
network settings to adapt to other network
devices.
14. Printqueue editor*: Provides functions for
extended queue management.
15. Controller logging*: Provides functions to
view, filter, adapt and save log files.
16. Modules: Provides functions to check sensors
and motors of single modules.
Refer to Figure 17
As long as a key-operator or service command session via web pages is

active, access to the printer via local keypad is not possible.
The printer will show the message: 'Remote Service active'.
Do not work with the key-operator or service command session web pages at
the printer as long as the customer is using the printer.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/23
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 18: Service Engineer - Modules Pages

Chapter 3.2/24
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.5.4
Connection to the web pages

USAGE

network
Explorer 5)
(3) Enter the IP address of the printer
in the address window.
In case the printer homepage is
not displayed, refer to 2.5.4.1
Adaptation of the PC IP address
next page.
Service PC
Printer
536632el.cdr
Figure 19
As an alternative, if it is not possible
to put the Service PC into the hospital
network:
(1) Use a crossed network UTP cable
to connect the network interface
of the Service PC directly with the
network interface of the printer.
Explorer 5)
(3) Enter the IP address of the printer
in the address window. In case
the printer homepage is not
displayed, refer to 2.5.4.1
next page.
Crossed UTP network cable
Printer
536632ek.cdr
Figure 20

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/25
Repair and Service

2.5.4.1
DD+DIS150.05E

To connect the printer and the Service PC via network, usually the IP
address of the Service PC has to be adapted.
Basic rules:
Case 1: The service PC is part of the hospital network.
(1) Get the IP address and possibly the subnet mask* for the Service PC
from the hospital network administrator. In case the hospital network
administrator wants to have the Service PC working only in a subnet, get
from him the netmask (also called subnet mask).
(2) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 21 to Figure
24.
Case 2: The service PC is not part of the hospital network, but connected
via crossed UTP network cable to the printer.
(1) Look up the printer IP address and subnet mask in the printer key
operator menu show settings - Network.
(2) Define an IP address for the Service PC by adding or subtracting 1 to
the last digit of the IP address.
Example: Printer IP address = 10.6.5.121
Service PC address = 10.6.5.122 or 10.6.5.120
(3) Enter IP address and subnet mask as displayed in Figure 21 to Figure
24.
Figure 21
Figure 22

Chapter 3.2/26
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
*Default Subnet Masks (set for NO subnetting)

Class
First 3 digits of IP
subnet mask
0......126
255.0.0.0
128......191
255.255.0.0
192.......223
255.255.255.0
Figure 23
Figure 24

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/27
Repair and Service

2.5.4.2
DD+DIS150.05E
Adaptation of the Browser Proxy Settings

In case the connection to the Internet is configured for a connection via Proxy
server, this has to be disabled to be able to connect to the printer:
(1) In the Internet Explorer select "Tools - Internet Options"
(2) Select tab "Connections"
(3) In case a proxy server is configured, tick the checkbox "Bypass Proxy
server for local addresses".
Figure 25

Chapter 3.2/28
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.5.5
Usage of the web pages

(1) Enter the IP address of the printer in the address window.
In case the printer homepage is not displayed, refer to 2.5.4.1 Adaptation
of the PC IP address previous page.
(2) Select the desired menu
(3) Enter user name and password when prompted (mega / ******)
Enclosed two examples which shall explain the usage of the web pages:
#
Example description
refer to ...
Adapt the taste LUT for a certain host by creating a

host specific DICOM host profile
2.5.5.1
Adapt the annotations for all DICOM inputs
2.5.5.2
Welcome to this
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
Specialist tools
Security Tools
HELP
Figure 26: Homepage of the printer

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/29
Repair and Service

2.5.5.1
DD+DIS150.05E
Example 1: Adaptation of the taste LUT (contrast)

Whenever the host with AE title CTSCAN200 sends a print job to the
printer, the taste LUT shall be adapted to Kanamori_like 200.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
In the printer homepage select

'Service Engineer tools - Enter
service command session'
Enter username and password
Select DICOM profile editor
Select New.
Refer to Figure 28.
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
536632et.cdr
Figure 27
(5)
In the host profile window select

change at the host profile
type, to see, whether the
connected host is part of the
hosts database. Refer to Figure
29.
Figure 28

Chapter 3.2/30
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 29: Host profile editor SW Re. 3.0.0_C1

(6)
Select the connected host if

present, otherwise leave it on
generic.
Figure 30

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/31
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
(7)
Select the desired parameter, in this case Perception LUT =

Kanamori_like and set the Kanamori_like value to 200.
(8) Check the checkbox before Perception LUT.
(9) Enter AE title and nickname (nickname = the name the stuff uses for
this modality. The nickname will be displayed in the queue). Refer to
Figure 31.
(10) Select Submit
Now whenever the host with AE title CTSCAN200 sends a print job to the
printer, the taste LUT will be adapted to Kanamori_like 200.
In case the checkbox is checked before a parameter in the DICOM profile
editor, this parameter is used, no matter whether the modality sends the
parameter or not (overwrite functionality)
In case the checkbox is not checked, the value defined in the host profile is
only used, in case it is not sent by the modality.
Image adaptations should be made preferably at the DICOM modality.

According to DICOM specifications, controlling the printer completely is done
at the modality.
The description below about creating a DICOM profile should only be
required, in case the modality does not allow to adapt a certain parameter or
does not provide it.

Chapter 3.2/32
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
HELP
Host Profile: Scanner
Nick Name: Scanner
Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': CTSCAN200
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity:
normal
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Kernel: site
Edit Custom
Magnification: Edit
Pixel Size: ratio:
Edit
Perception LUT: kanamoriLike
Kanamori Like value: 200
Custom value:
Maximum Density (OD x100): site
300
Annotation 1:
site
Edit Custom
Annotation 2:
site
Edit Custom
Window (%):
Level (%):
Conformance/Status Level:
Nevent enabled: off
Mammo modality: NO site
Image Timeout (s):
Resolution:320
Initial allocated memory size per printjob (MBytes):
Show last Input

536602er.cdr
Figure 31

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/33
Repair and Service

In general: all DICOM host profile

and LPD profile web pages have
an online documentation
included.
It can be viewed by pressing the

HELP button.
DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 32
2.5.5.2
Example 2: Define annotations for all inputs

In this example the defaults for all hosts, independent of the AE title are
adapted. Here it is only possible to adapt the annotations.
(1) In the printer homepage select 'Service Engineer tools - Enter service
command session'
(2) Enter username and password
(3) Select DICOM profile editor
(4) Select Default site annotations: EDIT. Refer to Figure 33.

Chapter 3.2/34
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 33
(5) Select Annotation 1 Refer to
Figure 35.
Refer to Figure 34 to see,
where annotation 1 is located.
(6) Enter the annotation text:
Example: St Joseph's
Hospital.....
(7) Possibly adapt the font and font
size of the annotation.
(8) In the Annotation Box 1 select
Submit.
(9) Check the checkbox before
Annotation 1.
(10) Select Submit.
Figure 34
Now independent of the AE title all

films will have annotation 1 St.
Joseph's Hospital.....

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/35
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 35: Site Defaults Window

Chapter 3.2/36
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.6
Printer Logging
Item "Printer Logging" is divided in following sections:
2.6.1
Section
refer to ...
Required information for the support center
2.6.1
Printer Bootup Message
2.6.2
Required information for the support center

In case of persistent problems like Connectivity / DICOM problems or film
jams it may be required - as part of the escalation procedure - to send all
logfiles, session files and infocounters to the support center.
Proceeding:
Step #
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Step 5
Step 6
Step 7
Step 8
Descpription
In the Service Engineer Tools go to "Controller
Logging"
Set tasks
- PrintJobHandler
- DCMPrintSCP_0
- DCMPrintSCP_1 (if available)
to TRACE
Produce the fault by sending an image from the
modality or by printing a test image
Reboot the printer
Get the session files
Get the infocounter file
Save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"
Send the
Session file
Infocounter file
to your support center
Comment
---
--See note 1
See note 1
See note 2
--
At sporadic problems (Connectivity / DICOM problems; film jams) skip Steps

1 to 4. Immediately start with step 5
Note 1: Path for session file / infocounter:
Enter service command session 7 service actions 5 logging 1 session
reports (select all files) / 2 Infocounters report To this computer

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/37
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Note 2: How to save the " DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"
In the "Service Engineer Tools" go to the "DICOM, LPD and HIPAA report"
page right mouse key save page as.
2.6.1.1
How to view the logfiles offline

Step #
Step 1
Step 2
Step 3
Step 4
Descpription
Install the PIDEX
tool
Extract the
corresponding log
file of the session
file.
In the PIDEX tool
select "Tools
logview" and open
the desired logfile
Comment
Available on MEDNET, GSO Library
In the PIDEX tool go

to function "Edit
find" to find the
desired information.
It is also possible to select a single

word in the logfile. Then all other
occurances of this expression are also
highlighted.
See note below
A session file is named e.g.

DS5302_1052_SES_21OCT2005_09-55-48.ZIP, where the different figures
represent following information:
DS5302:
Printer (Drystar 5302)
1052:
Serial Number
SES:
Session File
21OCT2005: Current date
09-55-48:
Current time HH-MM-SS
Interesting for troubleshooting are following files within the SES files:
devil.log (controller and print engine);
time.log

Chapter 3.2/38
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.6.2
Printer Bootup-Message
PURPOSE
The printer terminal level provides following service action:
An online logging, which displays all actions of the printer software during
bootup.
The printer terminal level is not intended to be used as official service tool.
USAGE
It is only used for troubleshooting, e.g. to view the boot-up messages.

printer as displayed in Figure 36.
(2) Start the HyperTerminal as
displayed in section 2.6.2.1.
(3) Switch the printer on:
Now the bootup message
appears
When the Printer login appears
the bootup message is finished.
536632ep.cdr
Figure 36
2.6.2.1
Setup of the HyperTerminal

The hyper terminal setup as displayed here can be used for all AGFA
devices.
Instead of the HyperTerminal following other programs can be recommended
to connect to terminal level:
xt.
xt.exe is an AGFA program, which is part of the IMOS package. It can be
started in a DOS box by typing xt
IMOS Start Menu.

The IMOS Start Menu software has a terminal built in. Select tools terminal. Depending on the configuration of IMOS Start, either a DOS
box with xt will be opened or a Hyper terminal window will pop-up.
(1) To start the setup of the HyperTerminal, go to Programs - Accessories HyperTerminal - HyperTerminal

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/39
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Figure 37
(2) Enter a name for the connection,
e.g. AGFA
Figure 38
(3) Select COM1 or COM2 for
communication port (depending
on what you are using on the
Service PC)
Figure 39

Chapter 3.2/40
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
(4) Make the setup of the

HyperTerminal session as
displayed here, i.e.
-
9600 Bps
8 data bits
no parity
1 stop bit
flow control Xon/Xoff
(5) Select OK
Figure 40
(6) Select Properties
Figure 41

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/41
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
(7) Select settings
Figure 42
(8) Select VT100 for emulation type
(9) Press OK
Figure 43
(10)
Press <Enter>
Now the bootup message or login

prompt is visible.
Figure 44

Chapter 3.2/42
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.7
ADVP
The latest version of ADVP can be downloaded from MEDNET GSO Library
(Hardcopy - Wet Imagers - LR DICOM Controller - Freeware)
PURPOSE
USAGE
DICOM troubleshooting tool

ADVP can be used for following purposes:
#
Purpose
Send test images from the service PC to the printer

via network
Record DICOM print sessions for further
troubleshooting.
Record DICOM print sessions for changing and resending them to the printer.
2
3
Details see
2.7.1.
2.7.2
2.7.3.
ADVP can run on the service PC or any Windows PC in the network. The
only pre-requisite: The PC must be part of the network.
536632eq.cdr
Figure 45

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/43
Repair and Service

2.7.1
DD+DIS150.05E
ADVP as DICOM print SCU

ADVP as DICOM print SCU can be used to check the DICOM interface of
the printer. In this case ADVP sends a test image to the printer.
(1) Start ADVP
(2) Select 'Basic Grayscale' in the
'Start up configuration' screen.
(3) Select 'Test - Print Film'
(4) Select 'SMPTE' (or any other
test film).
(5) In the 'Configuration' window fill
in Called (Printer) AE Title and
'Printer IP address'.
(6) Select 'OK'. Now the desired test
film is sent to the printer.
Figure 46: ADVP as Print SCU

2.7.2
ADVP as DICOM print SCP (Print Emulator)

ADVP as DICOM print SCP can be used to check the DICOM
communication sent from the modality. ADVP in this case emulates the
printer. The communication can be evaluated on site or by a product
specialist in the GSC or RSC.

Chapter 3.2/44
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
(1) Disconnect the printer from the

network.
(2) Give the IP address of the
service PC the same IP address
like the printer*
(3) Start ADVP
(5) Select 'Application - Print
Emulator - Start'
(6) In the following window fill in
- Called (Printer) AE Title (this is
the AE title of the printer),
- 'Called (Host) AE Title'
- ADVP Listen port (usually 104:
this is the port the modality
sends DICOM messages).
(7) Select okay. Now ADVP is
prepared for recording the
communication between
modality and the printer.
Figure 47: ADVP as Print Emulator
*In case ADVP runs on the printer, just select 'Stop Controller' to stop the
application software (and so switch off the DICOM SCP functionality of the
printer). When communication recording is finished, close ADVP and select
'Start Controller'.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/45
Repair and Service

2.7.3
DD+DIS150.05E
ADVP as Communication Recorder

ADVP as Communication recorder is recording the communication between
the modality and the printer, and allows to modify every single DICOM
attribute as well as resending the recorded image with the changed
attribute(s).
In general, following configurations are possible:
a) Service PC is part of the network: The modality sends to the service
PC, the service PC transmits the DICOM image and control data on
the fly to the printer. Modifying the DICOM data can be done without
changing the configuration.
b) Service PC is only temporary integrated in the network to emulate the
printer: The modality sends to the service PC, ADVP on the service
PC transmits the DICOM image and control data to a DICOM Print
SCP on the service PC (e.g. ADVP as Print Emulator). Re-sending
the DICOM data to the printer then requires re-configuration of ADVP.
In this chapter we describe the possibility a) Service PC is part of the
network.

Chapter 3.2/46
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Part 1: Recording the DICOM data

(1) Change the IP address of the
printer to any free IP address
in the network (e.g.
192.9.200.202)
(2) Give the service PC the
former IP address of the
printer (e.g. 192.9.200.201)
(3) Start ADVP
(5) Select 'Application - Comms
Recorder - Start'
(6) In the following window fill in
- Called (Printer) AE Title (this
is the AE title of the printer),
- 'Called (Host) AE Title',
- ADVP Listen port (usually
104: this is the port the
modality sends DICOM
messages),
- Printer IP address (this is the
IP address of the printer)
- printer listen port (usually
104).
(7) Select okay. Now ADVP is
prepared for recording the
communication between
modality and the printer.
Figure 48: ADVP as Comms
Recorder

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/47
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Part 2: Resending the DICOM data

Recorder - Stop'
Recorder - Modify'
(3) In the Printer Snapshot edit
the desired parameters
Recorder - Replay': Now the
image is re-sent to the printer
and printed at the printer with
the adapted data.
Figure 49: Resending the DICOM

data

Chapter 3.2/48
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Software Installation
You want to ...
Example
Refer to .....
Upgrade the SW to a higher

basic release
SW Upgrade from SW Rel.

1.80_C1 to 2.0.0_C1
Chapter 7,
Modifications
Update the SW with a patch
SW Update from 1.8.0_C1 to

1.8.1_C1
3.1
Install SW on a new, empty

hard drive or.
Install SW 1.8.0_C1 on an
empty hard drive
3.2
Re-install the software on a Re-Install SW 1.8.0_C1 on a

printer in ERROR - SYSTEM printer that does not bootup
FAILURE state.
anymore.
3.3
A software upgrade is a functional extension. It is usually sold through

the Sales and Services Channels
A software update is a corrective modification of the basic software
version. It does not include new functionality. SW Updates (Patches) are
available on MedNet.
3.1
SW Update: Loading a SW Patch

This chapter describes the SW Update with a patch.
For instructions regarding SW upgrade to a higher basic release (e.g. SW
Upgrade from SW Rel. 1.80_C1 to 2.0.0_C1) refer to Chapter 7,
Modifications
A SW Update can be performed in two ways:
SW Update via ...
Refer to .....
Key-operator menu at the local keypad using the CF card
3.1.1
Service menu in the Webpages using the network

connection
3.1.2

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/49
Repair and Service

3.1.1
DD+DIS150.05E
Software Update via CF card

Purpose
SW Upgrade
3.1.2
Software Update: Installation of a software patch

(1) In the key-operator menu select '9
Installation - 1 Software
Installation - 1 From CF card'
the local keypad.
(3) After the software update print a
SMPTE test image (Key Operator
menu: 3 Print Image - 1
Testimage - 2 SMPTE.zip') and a
test image from every modality to
confirm the successful update.
(4) Re-new the backup on CF card.
5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
Figure 50
Software Update via a remote computer

Purpose
SW Upgrade
Software Update: Installation of a software patch

(1) Establish a web browser
connection to the printer. Refer to
chapter 2.5, Web Pages
(2) In the printer homepage select
Key-operator Command Session 9 Installation - 1 New Software
Installation - 1 This computer'
(3) Select 'Browse'
(4) Select the ZIP file to be uploaded
(e.g. DS5302_SWR_180C1.zip).
(5) Follow the further instructions in
the web pages

Username
mega
Username
******
Enter Key-operator command session
9. Installation
1. New Software Installation
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Installation
Choose Dataset
Proceed
Go Back
Browse .....
Reset Values
536632eo.cdr
Figure 51
(6) After the software update print a SMPTE test image (Key Operator menu:
3 Print Image - 1 Testimage - 2 SMPTE.tif') and a test image from every
modality to confirm the successful upgrade.
During file upload it is not checked, whether the software you are uploading
is really software for Drystar 5302. Be sure to upload the correct ZIP file.
The ZIP file is only available via MEDNET - GSO library - Hardcopy Dry
Imagers Drystar 5302 Freeware

Chapter 3.2/50
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Caution:
3.2
Depending on the software patch version it might be possible, that

one of the boards gets re-programmed during the software upgrade.
In case this re-programming is interrupted by power loss, this specific
board may become unusable.
Do not reboot the printer before requested by the web pages.
Emergency SW Installation on a new, empty Hard Drive

Purpose
This chapter describes the SW Installation on an empty hard drive, e.g. after
exchange of the hard drive.
SW Installation (1) Insert the CF card with the printer

"Emergency_Install" software in
on empty HD
the CF card reader
(2) Reboot the printer
(3) At question "Do you want to
preserve config?" select "NO".
Refer to Figure 53.
the display.
(5) Select menu "5 Restore
Configuration" to reload the
previous configuration when
finished.
(6) Perform a film calibration from
both trays.
5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
Figure 52
Important remark:
After software installation on a new,
empty harddisk, the printer is only in
the same state than before, if an upto-date backup is available.
In case the CF card is lost or not
readable the complete printer setup
has to be redone.
After Emergency SW Installation on a
new, empty hard disk without
"Configuration Restore" the printer is
in the same state like it has been
shipped from factory
(default IP address 169.254.10.10)
Emergency SW FOUND
ON EXTERNAL CF-card
Install emergency
SW? YES (V) NO (X)
Emergency SW Install
Do you want
to preserve config?
YES (V) NO (X)
536632gc.cdr
Figure 53

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/51
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET,

GSO Library.
Caution:
3.3

Do not reboot the printer before requested by a local keypad
message
Emergency SW Installation on a printer in "Error - System Failure"

state
Purpose
This chapter describes the SW Installation on a printer in ERROR SYSTEM FAILURE state.
Important remark:
The software installation procedure
described here formats the hard
disk.
In case you select "NO" at question
"Do you want to preserve config"
the configuration data are erased.
In this case the printer is only in the
same state than before, if an up-todate backup is available.
In case the CF card is lost or not
readable the complete printer setup
has to be redone.
Emergency SW FOUND
ON EXTERNAL CF-card
Install emergency
SW? YES (V) NO (X)
Emergency SW Install
Do you want
to preserve config?
YES (V) NO (X)
536632gc.cdr
Figure 54

Chapter 3.2/52
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
SW Installation (1) Insert the CF card with the printer

"Emergency_Install" software in
on empty HD
the CF card reader
(2) Reboot the printer
(3) At question "Do you want to
preserve config?" select
"NO" in case you want to erase
the complete configuration
"YES" in case want to keep the
current configuration. Refer to
Figure 54 and to info below.
the local keypad.
(5) Select menu "5 Restore
Configuration" to reload the
previous configuration when
finished.
5366_Reg01_017_e.cdr
Figure 55
The printer "Emergency_Install" software can be obtained via MEDNET,

GSO Library.
Caution:

Do not reboot the printer before requested by a local keypad
message
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation to preserve the

configuration following steps are executed internally:
1. A backup of the printer configuration data is created and copied to
RAM
2. The software is copied from CF card to hard disk and inflated
3. The boards are programmed
4. The backup is restored from RAM
When you choose during Emergency SW Installation not to preserve the
configuration the configuration data are erased. The printer in this case is in
the same state like it has been shipped from factory
(default IP address 169.254.10.10)

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.2/53
Chapter 3.3
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
Troubleshooting
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Please note
The Chapter Troubleshooting, Edition 1, Revision 0, has been replaced by the

separately available Troubleshooting Guide, DD+DIS154.08E.
Please download the Troubleshooting Guide from the GSO Library:
MEDNET GSO Hardcopy Dry Imagers Drystar 5302 Trouble shooting guide
A description of the printer error codes is appended to this document.

08-2008 printed in Germany

eq_03-3_troubleshooting_e_template_v05
Repair and Service

Troubleshooting
DD+DIS150.05E
intentionally left blank

08-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 3.3 / 2
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
Appendix: Error Catalogue

This document lists all error codes of the printer software version 1.8.0_C2
Document History
Edition.
Revision
1.1
Release Changes
Date
03-2007
Revised error catalogue for software 1.8.0_C2.

Replaces error catalogue revision 1.0 of software 1.8.0_C1
Document
Title
DD+DIS403.05E
Service Bulletin No. 3: Software Release 1.80_C2 available
NOTE:
The error catalogue is part of the device software (file "error.xml").

It can be extracted from DS5302.zip errors.jar error.xml.
The print-out supplied here is based on software release 1.8.0_C2 (error.xml dated
18. Aug. 2005)

printed in Germany
eq_03-3_troubleshooting_e_template_v02
03-2007
Copyright 2006 Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
NOTE:
Depending on attributes for "Type" and "Action" (see error descriptions below)
error messages will be issued as error code with explanatory text or plain text
only:
Type
Action
Error message will be issued as
Defect
Replace
Message "MODXX* Please replace module"
Defect
See manual
Message "EXXXXXX texttext"
Failure
None
Message "WXXXXXX - texttext"
Accidental
None
Message "texttext" (e.g. remove film jam)
*List of Modules:
MOD Nr.
MOD01
MOD02
MOD03 / MOD04
MOD05
MOD06
MOD07
MOD08
MOD09
MOD10
MOD11
MOD12
MOD13
MOD14
MOD15
MOD16
MOD17
MOD18
MOD20
Spare Part
UPPER TRAY W/O TAG
LOWER TRAY W/O TAG
UPPER / LOWER PICK UP MODULE
THERMAL HEAD DS530x
OUTPUT MODULE
DRUM DRIVE MODULE
DEVIL MODULE
POWER SUPPLY
KEYPAD/DISPLAY MODULE
INPUT SENSORS MODULE
THEMIS4B W/O SDRAM
CAM DRIVE MODULE
GEAR BOX & BELT
SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE
TPH COOLING FAN _
PUMP & VALVES ASSY
RAM MODULE
VILIS COOLING FAN

Chapter 3.3 / Appendix page 2

Error Catalogue
Drystar 5302 (Type 5366)
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
MODULE : uppertraymodule
Elabel : No
HC301000 : uppertraymodule.connected
Display
XS1 not connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
301000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
XS7 or XS8 not connected
Cure1
Connect XS7 or XS8
HC301001 : uppertray.overruled
Display
Upper Input Tray Overruled
* Type
Failure
* Context
301001
* Action
None
* Reason
Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301003 : uppertraymodule.tagreader
Display
RF1 defective
* Type
Defect
* Context
301003
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Tag reader not connected
Cure1
Connect tag reader
* Reason2
Tag reader defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
Tag reader
HC301004 : uppertraymodule.s11
Display
S11 defective
* Type
Failure
* Context
301004
* Action
None
* Reason1
S11 not connected
Cure1
Connect S11
* Reason2
Upper tray module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD01

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
Display
XS1 not connected
* Type
Failure
* Context
301005
* Action
None
* Reason1
S24 not connected
Cure1
Connect S24
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD01
HC301006 : uppertraymodule.takeoversensors.working
Display
XS1 not connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
301006
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
S11 and S24 not connected
Cure1
Connect S11 and S24
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD01
Display
Upper tray empty sensor defect
* Type
Defect
* Context
01
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
S1 not connected
Cure1
Connect S1
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD01
HC301008 : upperrftag.typecode.invalid
Display
XS1 not connected
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Unsupported film type in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301009 : upperrftag.formatcode.invalid
Display
XS1 not connected
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Unsupported film format in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC301010 : upperrftag.unsupported.version
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Wrong version in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301011 : upperrftag.signature
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Wrong encryption in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301012 : upperrftag.history.insecure
* Type
Defect
* Context
301012
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
Tag history corrupt in upper tray
Cure
Call service
HC301013 : upperrftag.unreadable
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Unreadable tag in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301014 : upperrftag.count.exceeded
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Film overrun in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301015 : upperrftag.no.filmcount
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Film overrun in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301016 : upper.filmcal.required
* Type
Failure
* Context
301016
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper tray needs calibration
Cure
Perform upper tray calibration
HC301017 : upperrftag.collision
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Possible 2 tags in upper tray
Cure
Remove lowest tag
03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC301018 : upperTag-unsupported
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Wrong version in upper tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC301019 : uppertag.history.insecure
* Type
Defect
* Context
301019
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
Tag history file corrupt in upper tray
Cure
Perform emergency software installation without preserving configuration
NOTE:
In the error.xml on the printer this error lists cure as "Call service"
HC301020 : uppertraymodule.s11.flagproblem
* Type
Failure
* Context
301020
* Action
None
* Reason
S11 defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD01
HC301021 : uppertraymodule.s24.flagproblem
* Type
Failure
* Context
301021
* Action
None
* Reason
S24 defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD01


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
MODULE : lowertraymodule
Elabel : No
HC302000 : lowertraymodule.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
302000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
XS9 not connected to lower tray module
Cure1
Connect XS9 to lower tray module
HC302001 : lowertray.overruled
* Type
Failure
* Context
302001
* Action
None
* Reason
Inputtray overruled (dmax 2.0)
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302003 : lowertraymodule.tagreader
* Type
Defect
* Context
302003
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Tag reader not connected
Cure1
Connect tag reader
* Reason2
Tag reader defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
Tag reader
HC302007 : lowertraymodule.s2
* Type
Defect
* Context
02
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
S1 not connected
Cure1
Connect S1
* Reason2
Lower tray module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD02
HC302008 : lowerrftag.typecode.invalid
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Unsupported film type in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC302009 : lowerrftag.formatcode.invalid
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Unsupported film format in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302010 : lowerrftag.unsupported.version
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Wrong version in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302011 : lowerrftag.signature
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Wrong encryption in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302012 : lowerrftag.history.insecure
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Tag history corrupt in lower tray
Cure
Call service
HC302013 : lowerrftag.unreadable
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Unreadable tag in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302014 : lowerrftag.count.exceeded
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Film overrun in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302015 : lowerrftag.no.filmcount
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Film overrun in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302016 : lower.filmcal.required
* Type
Failure
* Context
302016
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower tray needs calibration
Cure
Perform lower tray calibration

Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
NOTE:
In the error.xml on the printer this error lists cure falsely as "Perform upper tray calibration"
HC302017 : lowerrftag.collision
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Possible 2 tags in lower tray
Cure
Remove lowest tag
HC302018 : lowerTag-unsupported
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Wrong version in lower tray
Cure
Replace filmpack
HC302019 : lowertag.history.insecure
* Type
Defect
* Context
302019
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
Tag history corrupt in lower tray
Cure
Perform emergency software installation without preserving configuration
NOTE:
In the error.xml on the printer this error lists cure as "Call service"
MODULE : upperpickupmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC303000 : upperpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
Remove upper input jam

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC303001 : upperpickupmodule.film.bendposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC303002 : upperpickupmodule.film.homeposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper pickup homing failed accidently
Cure
Self resolving accident
HC303003 : upperpickupmodule.film.vacuum
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
NOTE:
If this error occurs also the vacuum tubes, filters and vacuum cups for dirt/dust. Replace vacuum
pump if all parts are clean and the error occurs frequently
HC303004 : upperpickupmodule.filmpickup
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC303005 : upperpickupmodule.s18.low
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC303006 : upperpickupmodule.s18.high
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove internal jam


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC303007 : upperpickupmodule.pickup.skew
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC303008 : upperpickupmodule.tphalign
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC303009 : upperpickupmodule.film.align
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC303010 : upperpickupmodule.homeposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper pickup homing failed accidently
Cure
HC303011 : upperpickupmodule.thpositioning
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC303012 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.present
* Type
Failure
* Context
303012
* Action
None
* Reason1
Upper pickup elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect upper pickup elabel
* Reason2
Upper pickup Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD03

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC303013 : upperpickupmodule.elabel.config
* Type
Failure
* Context
303013
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper pickup elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
HC303014 : upperpickupmodule.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
303014
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
XS1 disconnected
Cure
Connect XS1
* Reason
Upper pickup module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
HC303015 : upperpickupmodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
303015
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD03
* Reason2
Film wrinkled in upper tray
Cure2
Remove wrinkled film
HC303020 : upperpickupmodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
03
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
NOTE:
This Error code is only available in SW < 1.80_C2
HC303021 : upperpickupmodule.m7.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
03
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC303022 : upperpickupmodule.m7.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
03
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
HC303023 : upperpickupmodule.s14
* Type
Defect
* Context
03
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
* Type
Defect
* Context
03
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
* Type
Defect
* Context
03
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD03
MODULE : lowerpickupmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC304000 : lowerpickupmodule.film.pickupposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
Remove lower input jam
HC304001 : lowerpickupmodule.film.bendposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
HC304002 : lowerpickupmodule.film.homeposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC304003 : lowerpickupmodule.film.vacuum
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
NOTE:
If this error occurs also the vacuum tubes, filters and vacuum cups for dirt/dust. Replace vacuum
pump if all parts are clean and the error occurs frequently
HC304004 : lowerpickupmodule.filmpickup
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
HC304005 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.low
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
HC304006 : lowerpickupmodule.s19.high
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove internal jam
HC304007 : lowerpickupmodule.pickup.skew
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC304008 : lowerpickupmodule.tphalign
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
HC304009 : lowerpickupmodule.film.align
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
HC304010 : lowerpickupmodule.homeposition
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Upper input jam
Cure
HC304011 : lowerpickupmodule.thpositioning
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower input jam
Cure
HC304012 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.present
* Type
Failure
* Context
304012
* Action
None
* Reason1
Lower pickup elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect lower pickup elabel
* Reason2
Lower pickup Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC304013 : lowerpickupmodule.elabel.config
* Type
Failure
* Context
304013
* Action
None
* Reason
Lower pickup elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC304014 : lowerpickupmodule.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
304014
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
XS4 disconnected
Cure
Connect XS4
* Reason
lower pickup module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC304015 : lowerpickupmodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
304015
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
Lower pickup module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD04
* Reason2
Film wrinkled in upper tray
Cure2
Remove wrinkled film
HC304020 : lowerpickupmodule.working
*
*
*
*
Type
Context
Action
Reason
Cure
Part
Defect
04
Replace
Replace
MOD04
NOTE:
This Error code is only available in SW < 1.80_C2
HC304021 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
04
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC304022 : lowerpickupmodule.m6.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
04
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC304023 : lowerpickupmodule.s16
* Type
Defect
* Context
04
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
* Type
Defect
* Context
04
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
* Type
Defect
* Context
04
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
MODULE : thmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC305000 : thmodule.high
* Type
Defect
* Context
305000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
Coolingfan defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD16
HC305001 : thmodule.thpos.fail
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Resolve jam

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC305002 : thmodule.thermalheadheater
* Type
Failure
* Context
305002
* Action
None
* Reason1
Connector P3 on PSU not connected
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
* Reason2
Connectors P2 and P3 on OSB not connected
Cure2
Connect connectors P2 and P3
* Reason3
Connectors P6 on OSB not connected
Cure3
Connect connector P6
* Reason4
Connector XS6 on heater not connected
Cure4
Connect connector XS6
* Reason5
Sensor S12 defect
Cure5
Replace MOD04
* Reason6
PSU defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason7
TH defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC305003 : thmodule.elabel.present
* Type
Failure
* Context
305003
* Action
None
* Reason1
TH Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect TH elabel
* Reason2
Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC305004 : thmodule.elabel.config
* Type
Failure
* Context
305004
* Action
None
* Reason
Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD05


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC305005 : thmodule.device.current
* Type
Defect
* Context
305005
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
* Reason2
Cure2
* Reason3
Connectors P3 on TH not connected
Cure3
Connect connector P3 on TH
* Reason4
Connector P2 on TH not connected
Cure4
* Reason5
Cure5
* Reason6
Connector P14 on VILIS not connected
Cure6
Connect connector P14 on VILIS
* Reason7
PSU defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason8
OSB defect
Cure8
Replace
Part
OSB
* Reason9
TH defect
Cure9
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC305006 : thmodule.powerlogic
* Type
Defect
* Context
305006
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
* Reason2
Cure2
* Reason3
Cure3
* Reason4
Cure4
* Reason5
PSU defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason6
OSB defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
OSB
* Reason7
TH defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD05

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC305007 : thmodule.headvoltageactuator
* Type
Defect
* Context
305007
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
* Reason2
Cure2
* Reason3
Cure3
* Reason4
Cure4
* Reason5
Cure5
* Reason6
Cure6
* Reason7
PSU defect
Cure7
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason8
OSB defect
Cure8
Replace
Part
OSB
* Reason9
TH defect
Cure9
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC305008 : thmodule.osb.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
305008
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
P1 on OSB not connected
Cure1
Connect P1 on OSB
* Reason2
P1 on VILIS not connected
Cure2
Connect P1 on VILIS
* Reason3
OSB defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
OSB
HC305009 : thmodule.thermalheadheating
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
TH module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC305010 : thmodule.voltage.low
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
TH module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC305011 : thmodule.thinstall
* Type
Failure
* Context
305011
* Action
None
* Reason
TBD
Cure
TBD
HC305020 : thmodule.device.resistors
* Type
Defect
* Context
05
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
TBD
Cure1
TBD
Part
TBD
* Reason2
TH module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD04
HC305021 : thmodule.device.thermistors
* Type
Defect
* Context
05
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P3 on PSU
* Reason2
Cure2
* Reason3
Cure3
* Reason4
Cure4
* Reason5
TH defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD05

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
MODULE : outputmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC306000 : outputmodule.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
306000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
XS2 not connected
Cure1
Connect XS2
* Reason2
XS3 not connected
Cure2
Connect XS3
HC306001 : outputmodule.cdm.init
* Type
Failure
* Context
306001
* Action
None
* Reason
Output module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306002 : outputmodule.intensity.scan
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC306003 : outputmodule.outputsensor.hi
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Output film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC306004 : outputmodule.printingFail
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC306005 : outputmodule.film.scan
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove jam


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC306006 : outputmodule.outputSensor.lo
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC306007 : outputmodule.outputorscan.fail
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC306008 : outputmodule.outputhome.fail
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC306009 : outputmodule.cdmhome.fail
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal film jam
Cure
Remove film jam
HC306010 : outputmodule.elabel.present
* Type
Failure
* Context
306010
* Action
None
* Reason1
Output elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect output elabel
* Reason2
Output elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306011 : outputmodule.elabel.config
* Type
Failure
* Context
306011
* Action
None
* Reason
Output elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC306012 : outputmodule.cdm.home
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
CDM homing accidently failed
Cure
HC306013 : outputmodule.home
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Output homing accidently failed
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306014 : outputmodule.cdminstall
* Type
Failure
* Context
306014
* Action
None
* Reason
CDM needs calibration
Cure
Calibrate CDM
HC306020 : outputmodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
06
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306021 : outputmodule.m4.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
06
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306022 : outputmodule.m4.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
06
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC306023 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
06
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306024 : outputmodule.cdm.m5.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
06
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306025 : outputmodule.s5
* Type
* Context
* Action
* Reason
Cure
Part
Defect
06
Replace
Replace
MOD06
HC306026 : outputmodule.s6
* Type
* Context
* Action
* Reason
Cure
Part
Defect
06
Replace
Replace
MOD06
HC306027 : outputmodule.cdm.s10
* Type
Defect
* Context
06
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06
HC306028 : outputmodule.cdm.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
06
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD06

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
MODULE : drumdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC307001 : drumdrivemodule.m1.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
307001
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
M1 not connected
Cure1
Connect M1
* Reason2
Drum drive module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC307002 : drumdrivemodule.s9
* Type
Defect
* Context
307002
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
S9 not connected
Cure1
Connect S9
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC307004 : drumdrivemodule.move
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Drum drive move failed accidently
Cure
Selfresolving accident
HC307020 : drumdrivemodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
07
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD07
HC307021 : drumdrivemodule.m1.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
07
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD07


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
MODULE : devilmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC308000 : devilmodule.dsh.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
308000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Connector P9 not connected
Cure1
Connect P9
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308001 : devilmodule.psu.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
308001
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P15
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308002 : devilmodule.keypad.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
308002
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P8
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308003 : devilmodule.th.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
308003
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Ambient temperatur < 15 at boot-up
Cure1
Install printer in room with temperatur > 15C ambient temperature
* Reason2
Cure2
Connect P14
* Reason3
Cure3
Connect P1 on TH
* Reason4
Devil module defect
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason5
TH defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD05

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC308004 : devilmodule.p21.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
308004
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P2
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Type
Defect
* Context
308005
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P20
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Type
Defect
* Context
308006
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P41
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Type
Defect
* Context
308007
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect P40
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Type
Defect
* Context
308008
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Connector P1 not connected on Devil
Cure1
Connect P1 on Devil
* Reason2
Devil module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC308009 : devilmodule.elabel.present
* Type
Failure
* Context
308009
* Action
None
* Reason1
Devil Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect Devil elabel
* Reason2
Devil Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC208010 : devilmodule.elabel.config
* Type
Failure
* Context
208010
* Action
None
* Reason
Devil Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308011 : devilmodule.power.3v3
* Type
Defect
* Context
308011
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Devil module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC308012 : devilmodule.power.12v
* Type
Defect
* Context
308012
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Devil module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC308013 : devilmodule.power.n12v
* Type
Defect
* Context
308013
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Devil module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC308014 : devilmodule.power.24v
* Type
Defect
* Context
308014
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Devil module defect
03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
Cure1
Part
Reason2
Cure2
Part
Replace
MOD08
PSU module defect
Replace
MOD09
HC308015 : devilmodule.power.actuator
* Type
Defect
* Context
308015
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Devil module defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC308016 : devilmodule.headvoltage
* Type
Defect
* Context
308016
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Connector P1 not connected on TH
Cure1
Connect P1 on TH
* Reason2
Cure2
Connect P14 on MEC
* Reason3
Cure3
Connect P3 on PSU
* Reason4
PSU module defect
Cure4
Replace
Part
MOD09
* Reason5
Devil module defect
Cure5
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Reason6
TH module defect
Cure6
Replace
Part
MOD05
HC208017 : duplicate.ipaddress
* Type
Failure
* Context
208017
* Action
None
* Reason
IP adress already in use
Cure
Change IP adress


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC312000 : themis.temperature
* Type
Defect
* Context
312000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Ambient temperature too high what could be caused by continuous
printing in an already warm environment or the environment
temperature is just too high
Cure1
If caused by continuous printing , this can be cured by waiting until
temperature comes down ; otherwise it has to be made sure that the
environment temperature comes down
* Reason2
Cooling of Themis CPU board not efficient because of blocked airflow
Cure2
Make sure that enough airflow is available for the Themis CPU board
by insuring that air inlets and outlets are completely free
* Reason3
Defect CPU on Themis
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD12
HC308024 : devilmodule.serialadc
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308025 : devilmodule.bitgenerator
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308026 : devilmodule.m16
* Type
* Context
* Action
* Reason
Cure
Part
Defect
08
Replace
Devil module defect
Replace
MOD08
HC308027 : devilmodule.fpga
* Type
* Context
* Action
* Reason
Cure
Part
Defect
08
Replace
Devil module defect
Replace
MOD08

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC308028 : devilmodule.m2.driver
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308032 : devilmodule.f1.driver
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08
HC308033 : devilmodule.f2.driver
* Type
Defect
* Context
08
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Devil module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD08


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC312020 : devilmodule.themis.cpuboard
* Type
Defect
* Context
12
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Themis module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD12
HC312021 : devilmodule.themis.serial
* Type
Defect
* Context
12
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD12
HC312022 : devilmodule.themis.ethernet
* Type
Defect
* Context
12
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
Themis
HC312023 : devilmodule.themis.portex
* Type
Defect
* Context
12
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Software problem
Cure
Reinstall software
HC312024 : devilmodule.themis.pci
* Type
Defect
* Context
12
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Themis defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD12
HC318020 : devilmodule.themis.ram
* Type
Defect
* Context
18
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
RAM defect
Cure1
Replace
Part
MOD18
* Reason2
Themis defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD12
HC312025 : devilmodule.themis.clock
* Type
Defect
* Context
12
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Themis defect
Cure
Replace
03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
Part
MOD12
MODULE : powersupplymodule
Elabel : Yes
HC309000 : powersupplymodule.temperature
* Type
Defect
* Context
309000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
PSU too hot
Cure1
Switch off printer and let it cool down
* Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309001 : powersupplymodule.elabel.present
* Type
Failure
* Context
309001
* Action
None
* Reason1
PSU Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect VILIS elabel
* Reason2
PSU module Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309002 : powersupplymodule.elabel.config
* Type
Failure
* Context
309002
* Action
None
* Reason
PSU module Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309003 : powersupplymodule.powerth.current
* Type
Defect
* Context
309003
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
TH power cables short circuited
Cure1
Check TH power cables
* Reason2
TH module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD05
* Reason3
PSU module defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309004 : powersupplymodule.powermotor.current
* Type
Defect
* Context
309004
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Actuators power cables short circuited
Cure1
Check actuators power cables
* Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC309020 : powersupplymodule.powerth
* Type
Defect
* Context
09
* Action
Replace
* Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309022 : powersupplymodule.powermotor
* Type
Defect
* Context
09
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
Actuators power cables short circuited
Cure1
Check actuators power cables
* Reason2
PSU module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309024 : powersupplymodule.powerlogic
* Type
Defect
* Context
09
* Action
Replace
* Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309025 : powersupplymodule.power3v3
* Type
Defect
* Context
09
* Action
Replace
* Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC309026 : powersupplymodule.power12v
* Type
Defect
* Context
09
* Action
Replace
* Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
HC309027 : powersupplymodule.powern12v
* Type
Defect
* Context
09
* Action
Replace
* Reason
PSU module defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD09
MODULE : displaykeypadmodule
Elabel : Yes
HC310000 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.present
* Type
Failure
* Context
310000
* Action
None
* Reason1
Display Elabel not connected
Cure1
Connect Display elabel
* Reason2
Display Elabel defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD10
HC310001 : displaykeypadmodule.elabel.config
* Type
Failure
* Context
310001
* Action
None
* Reason
Display Elabel defect
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD10
MODULE : inputsensormodule
Elabel : No
HC311000 : inputsensormodule.s4.flagproblem
* Type
Failure
* Context
311000
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove jam


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC311001 : inputsensormodule.s11.flagproblem
* Type
Failure
* Context
311001
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove jam
HC311002 : inputsensormodule.connected
* Type
Defect
* Context
311002
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason
XS5 not connected
Cure
Connect XS5
HC311003 : inputsensormodule.s4
* Type
Failure
* Context
311003
* Action
None
* Reason1
S4 not connected
Cure1
Connect S4
* Reason2
S4 bracket module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
HC311004 : inputsensormodule.s13
* Type
Failure
* Context
311004
* Action
None
* Reason1
S13 not connected
Cure1
Connect S13
* Reason2
S4 bracket module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD11
HC311020 : inputsensormodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
11
* Action
Replace
* Reason
S4 bracket module is defective
Cure
Power off printer and replace
Part
MOD10

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
MODULE : camdrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC313000 : camdrivemodule.home
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove internal jam
HC313001 : camdrivemodule.m2.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
313001
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Motor M2 not connected
Cure1
Connect motor M2
* Reason2
Cam shaft module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD13
HC313002 : camdrivemodule.s7
* Type
Defect
* Context
313002
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Sensor S7 not connected
Cure1
Connect sensor S7
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD13
HC313020 : camdrivemodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
13
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD13
HC313021 : camdrivemodule.m2.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
13
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD13


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
MODULE : gearboxmodule
Elabel : No
HC314000 : gearboxmodule.home
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove internal jam
HC314001 : gearboxmodule.pickup.passed
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove internal jam
HC314002 : gearboxmodule.takeover.film.close
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove internal jam
HC314003 : gearboxmodule.film.inputsensors
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Internal jam
Cure
Remove internal jam
HC314004 : gearboxmodule.m8.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
314004
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect motor M8
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD14
NOTE:
In the error.xml on the printer this error lists cure falsely as "Connect motor M2"

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC314005 : gearboxmodule.s3
* Type
Defect
* Context
314005
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect sensor S3
* Reason2
Roller drive module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC314020 : gearboxmodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
14
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
HC314021 : gearboxmodule.m8.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
14
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD14
MODULE : suspensiondrivemodule
Elabel : No
HC315000 : suspensiondrivemodule.move
* Type
Accidental
* Context
* Action
None
* Reason
Suspension move (10 or 14 inch) failed accidently
Cure
HC315001 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
315001
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect motor M2
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD15


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC315002 : suspensiondrivemodule.s21
* Type
Defect
* Context
315002
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect sensor S21
* Reason2
Suspension drive module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD15
HC315003 : suspensiondrivemodule.s22
* Type
Defect
* Context
315003
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect sensor S22
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD15
HC315020 : suspensiondrivemodule.working
* Type
Defect
* Context
15
* Action
Replace
* Reason3
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD15
HC315021 : suspensiondrivemodule.m3.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
15
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD15
MODULE : coolingfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC316000 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
316020
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Coolingfan not connected
Cure1
Connect coolingfan
* Reason2
Coolingfan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD12

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC316020 : coolingfanmodule.thf1.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
16
* Action
Replace
* Reason1
Coolingfan not connected
Cure1
Connect coolingfan
* Reason2
Coolingfan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD12
MODULE : pumpandvalvesmodule
Elabel : No
HC317000 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
317000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
Cure1
Connect motor M2
* Reason2
XS10 not connected
Cure2
Connect XS10
* Reason3
Pump and valves module defect
Cure3
Replace
Part
MOD17
HC317001 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
317001
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
XS10 not connected
Cure1
Connect XS10
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD17
HC317002 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v2.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
317002
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
XS10 not connected
Cure1
Connect XS10
* Reason2
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD17


Error Catalogue
03-2006
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Troubleshooting
HC317020 : pumpandvalvesmodule.m9.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
17
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD17
HC317021 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v1.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
17
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD17
HC317022 : pumpandvalvesmodule.v2.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
17
* Action
Replace
* Reason
Cure
Replace
Part
MOD17
MODULE : eboxfanmodule
Elabel : No
HC320000 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.connection
* Type
Defect
* Context
312000
* Action
SeeManual
* Reason1
EBox fan module not connected
Cure1
Connect EBox fan module
* Reason2
EBox fan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD20
HC320020 : eboxfanmodule.eboxfan.shortcircuit
* Type
Defect
* Context
20
* Action
Replace
* Reason
EBox fan module defect
Cure2
Replace
Part
MOD20

03-2006
Error Catalogue

Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Electrical and mechanical codings, fuse tables and LEDs
Chapter 3.4:
List of contents
Codings................................................................................. 1
1.1
Jumper Setting 73 GB Maxtor Hard Disk ........................................... 1
1.2
Jumper Setting 73 GB Hitachi Hard Disk ........................................... 2
Fuses..................................................................................... 3
LEDs ...................................................................................... 3
3.1
DEVIL Board ......................................................................................... 3
3.2
THEMIS Board (plugged into the DEVIL Board) ................................ 4
3.3
Power Supply ....................................................................................... 5
3.4
Front Panel ........................................................................................... 6
3.5
Rear panel............................................................................................. 7

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.4 / I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Codings
1.1
Jumper Setting 73 GB Maxtor Hard Disk
1 J1
J3
1
12
18
536634BD.CDR
Figure 1
Jumper J1
Setting
Function
1-2
open
ID Bit 3
3-4
open
ID Bit 2
5-6
open
ID Bit 1
7-8
open
ID Bit 0
9-10
open
Not used
11-12
open
Termination Power
Table 1
Jumper J3
Setting
Function
1-2
open
ID Bit 3
3-4
open
ID Bit 2
5-6
open
ID Bit 1
7-8
open
ID Bit 0
9-10
open
Busy LED
11-12
open
Enable write protect
13-14
open
enable stagger spin
15-16
open
Enable delay spin
17-18
open
Force single ended bus mode
Table 2

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.4 / 1
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
1.2
Jumper Setting 73 GB Hitachi Hard Disk

24
C3
12
1
C4
1
536634BC.CDR
Figure 2
Jumper C3
Setting
Function
1-2
open
ID Bit 3
3-4
open
ID Bit 2
5-6
open
ID Bit 1
7-8
open
ID Bit 0
9-10
open
Disable Autostart
11-12
open
Force single ended bus mode
13-14
open
Enable delayed start
15-16
open
Write Protect
17-18
open
Reserved
19-20
open
Reserved
21-22
open
LED
23-24
open
Term Power to SCSI bus
Table 3
Jumper C4
Setting
Function
1-2
open
ID Bit 3
3-4
open
ID Bit 2
5-6
open
ID Bit 1
7-8
open
ID Bit 0
9-10
open
Not used
11-12
open
Write Protect
Table 4

Chapter 3.4 / 2
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Fuses
The printer has no fuses that can be replaced.
If one of the fuses in the power supply is defective, the whole Power supply
unit must be replaced - refer to section 3.5.
LEDs
The following tables show the status of the LED indications and the
corresponding function:
LED's on...
3.1
Refer to
DEVIL Board
3.1
THEMIS Board
3.2
Power supply
3.3
Front Panel
3.4
Rear Panel
3.5
DEVIL Board
Name
(**) NTRAFFIC
(**) NGOOD_LINK
(**) 100MBit_speed
IMGCTRL_0
Led
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
NOT present
D6
NOT present
D7
NOT present
D8
D9
D10
NOT present
D11
IMGCTRL_CONFDONE D12
Color
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
green
Function
Network activity
Network connected
High speed network
Software controllable
+3.3V present
green
green
+24V present
+12V present
yellow
IMGCTRL_1
UP_LED0
UP_LED1
(**) IDE_DASP
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
green
green
yellow
Off: FPGA config done.

ON: FPGA not
configured
IDE activity
-12V present
+5V present
Disc activity controlled
by PORTEX
CP_ACTLED
D13
D14
D15
D16
D17
D18
D19
Legend : (**) are LEDs situated at the rear panel (refer to 3.5).

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.4 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
3.2
THEMIS Board (plugged into the DEVIL Board)

Name
V25
Led
D1
D2
Color
yellow
green
VCORE
CS1
V33
FPGA
D3
D4
D5
D6
green
yellow
green
red
D7
D8
D9
D10
D11
yellow
green
yellow
yellow
yellow
VCC
CS0
CPU
Function
2.5 for MPC107 host bridge and
FPGA
CPU core voltage
Chip select for portX bus
3.3V for most logic on board
FPGA configuration done
If FPGA NOT configured => ALARM
5V for remaining logic on board
Chip select for portX bus
CPU Bis Grant - indicates CPU
activity on the Bus

Chapter 3.4 / 4
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
3.3
Power Supply
536634ab.cdr
Figure 3
LED
Status
Color
Overtemp
On
Red
Off
+ 3.3 V
On
Green
Off
+5V
On
On
Green
On
Green
On
Green
On
+12 V present
-12 V present
-12 V not present
Green
Off
13..27 V
+5 V present
+12 V not present
Off
+24 V
+3.3 V present
+5 V not present
Off
-12 V
Temperature inside power supply

exceeded permissible limits. Operation
not possible*.
Temperature inside power supply
within permissible limit.
+3.3 V not present
Off
+12 V
Function
+24 V present
+24 V not present
Green
Off
voltage between 13 V and 27 V

voltage < 13 V
*When the temperature inside the power supply exceeds the permissible limit,
printing can continue for up to 120 seconds. After this delay the power supply
switches off the power and checks the temperature every 20 seconds. As
soon as the temperature is below the permissible limit, it switches on again.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.4 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
3.4
Front Panel
Led
D1
D2..D25
D3
Color
Color
green
green / red
green
Light
Function
12V power present
See table below
5V power present
Status
Constant
Jobs ?
Printing
possible ?
No
No
No
No
Receiving jobs
Yes
Yes
Calculating
Yes
Yes
Printing
Yes
Yes
Calibrating
Yes
No
Installation
No
No
Key-operator
Yes/No
Yes/No
Service mode
No
No
Film jam
Yes
No
Warning
Yes
Yes
Error status
No
No
Ready
Receive
(stand-by)
Startup
sequence
Green
Blinking
Red
Blinking
Constant

Chapter 3.4 / 6
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
3.5
Rear panel
536634aa.cdr
Figure 4
Name
NTRAFFIC
NGOOD_LINK
100MBit_speed
IDE_DASP
Led
D1
D2
D3
D16
Color
yellow
yellow
yellow
yellow
Function
Network activity
Network connected
High speed network
IDE activity
Note: These LEDs are part of the DEVIL board (refer to 3.1).

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.4 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
List of Contents
1
Upper Tray (MOD01) Replacement......................................... 3
Lower Tray (MOD02) Replacement......................................... 5
Pickup Module (MOD03/04) Replacement ............................. 7
TPH Module (MOD05) Replacement ....................................... 9
Output Module (MOD06) Replacement ................................ 12
Drum Drive Module (MOD07) ................................................ 14
Devil Module (MOD08) Replacement.................................... 17
Power Supply Module (MOD09) Replacement .................... 20
Display Module (MOD10) Replacement ............................... 23
10
Input Sensor Module (MOD11) Replacement ...................... 25
11
Themis Module (MOD12) Replacement................................ 28
12
Cam drive (MOD13) Replacement ........................................ 31
13
Gear Box Module (MOD14) Replacement ............................ 33
14
Suspension Drive Module (MOD15) Replacement .............. 35
15
TPH cooling fan (MOD16) Replacement .............................. 38
16
Pumps & Valves Assembly (MOD17) Replacement ............ 40
17
RAM Module (MOD18) Replacement .................................... 42
18
E-Box Cooling Fan (MOD20) Replacement.......................... 45
19
Cam Drive Shaft Replacement.............................................. 47
20
Devil/Themis/RAM Module Replacement............................. 51
21
Hard Disk Drive Replacement............................................... 54
22
Main Drive Pulley & Belt Replacement ................................ 57
23
OSB Module Replacement .................................................... 59
24
Print Drum Module Replacement ......................................... 62
25
Tag Reader Assembly Replacement .................................... 67
26
TPH Filter Module Replacement ........................................... 69

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 2
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
1
Replacements
Upper Tray (MOD01) Replacement
Required Spare Part, Tools & Time
1 Pull out and lift the tray to take it out
2
1
5366QRM01
5366QRM10
3 Remove tag reader, cable, cable holder

and EMI shield
2 Take out films and turn tray
1
4
1
3
2
5366QRM03
4 Mount tag reader, cable, cable holder

and EMI shield
5366QRM04
5 Insert tray and load films
1
3
5366QRM05
5366QRM11

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Print a SMPTE testimage
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
7 Check image quality
Press the Key-operator key

Scroll down to Print Image
Press the Confirm key
Press the Confirm key to select testimage
Scroll down to smpte_lin.zip
Press the Confirm key to select one copy
SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
8 Your Drystar 5302 is ready to use
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 4
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2
Replacements
Lower Tray (MOD02) Replacement
2
1
5366QRM01
5366QRM02
3 Remove tag reader, cable, cable holder

and EMI shield
1
4
1
3
2
5366QRM03
4 Mount tag reader, cable, cable holder

and EMI shield
5366QRM04
5 Insert ray and load films
1
3
5366QRM05
5366QRM06

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Print SMPTE testimage
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 6
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
3
Replacements
Pickup Module (MOD03/04) Replacement

1 Pull out upper or lower tray and lift the
tray to take it out
2
1
5366QRM15
5366QRM02
3 Insert new Pickup Module, insert and

close tray
2 Pull out pickup module
1
5366QRM12
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
5366QRM14

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM07

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
5366QRM08

Chapter 3.5 / 8
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
4
Replacements
TPH Module (MOD05) Replacement
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

CA
SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM35
2 Switch off and disconnect all cables
5366QRM07
3 Open the top cover
2
3
5366QRM16
4 Caution: The Thermal Head can be hot!
5366QRM36
5 Open the hold-down bracket and unplug

the two connectors 2 and 3
5366QRM37
5366QRM38

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 9
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Open the TPH unit. Disconnect

connectors 3 to 5 and loosen screws A
7 Take out TPH unit
5
4
3
A
5366QRM39
8 Pack SMPTE film, defective TPH

and fill in forms
9 Insert new TPH, fasten screws A and

connect connectors 3 to 5
5366QRM40
A
1
2
Waybill
Sender:
Return
John Smith
Label
Receiver:
Agfa SN:SN: 1234
Part:
Part: TPH
5366QRM41
10 Close TPH, connect connectors 3 and 4

and close hold down bracket
5366QRM42
11 Close the top cover
2
1
5366QRM43
5366QRM44

Chapter 3.5 / 10
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
12 Connect cables and switch on
13 Perform a film calibration
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1. Press the Key-operator key

2. Scroll down to Film calibration
3. Press the Confirm key
CA
1 Film calibration
2 Therm. Head clean.
2
1
5366QRM23
15 In case blank frame < 2 mm call service

or refer to Tech. Doc. Chap. 3.6
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM34
CA
= 2 mm
= 2 mm
If < 2 mm
Call Service or
Tech. Doc. Chap. 3.6
5366QRM07
5366QRM33
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
Output Module (MOD06) Replacement
2
3
5365QRM63
5365QRM16
3 Remove connectors and 2 screws.

Remove Output Tray. Lift out module.
2 Open top cover
1
3
2
5365QRM36
4 Pack defective module and fill in forms
5365QRM64
5 Insert new module, re-connect

connectors and fasten 2 screws
2
1
1
3
Waybill
Sender:
John Smith
Receiver:
SN:SN: 1234
Part:
Part: TPH
Agfa
2
4
5365QRM65
5365QRM66

Chapter 3.5 / 12
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Close top cover
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
2
1
5365QRM44
8 Perform CDM calibration
5365QRM23
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Drystar 5302 Webpages

Service Engineer Tools
Enter Service Command Session
6 Calibration

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
2 Internal Densitometer Calibration
5365QRM34
CA
5365QRM07
5365QRM08
5365QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 13
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
Drum Drive Module (MOD07)
2
3
5366QRM24
2 Open top cover and remove left cover
5366QRM16
3 Remove belt and pulley
1
2
2
1
3
5366QRM25
4 Disconnect 2 connectors and open

cable holder
5366QRM26
5 Remove 3 screws and remove drum

drive module.
3
2
1
1
5366QRM27
1
5366QRM28

Chapter 3.5 / 14
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Put new drum drive module in place and

mount 3 screws
7 Re-connect 2 connectors, close cable

holder.
1
1
2
2
2
5366QRM29
5366QRM30
9 Mount the side cover and close top

cover
8 Mount new pulley and new belt
1
3
2
2
5
3
5366QRM31
5366QRM32
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM23
CA
5366QRM07

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 15
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 16
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
7
Replacements
Devil Module (MOD08) Replacement
SW 7
2
3
5366QRM95
2 Open top cover and remove right cover
5366QRM16
3 Remove the EMI shield
1
2
3
5366QRM17
4 At touching the Vilis / Themis / RAM

module observe ESD precautions
5366QRM87
5 Unplug all connectors at the Devil

module
5366QRM88
5366QRM96

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 17
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
7 Remove 2 screws A. Remove Devil

Module
6 Remove 4 screws. Remove Themis
1
1
5366QRM106a
8 Pack defective Devil

Module and fill in forms
5366QRM97a
9 Mount the new Devil CPU
6
1
1
Waybill
Sender:
John Smith
Receiver:
SN:SN: 1234
Part:
Part: TPH
Agfa
3
2
5366QRM99
10 Mount Themis PCB with RAM
5366QRM10a
11 Re-connect all connectors
5366QRM106
5366QRM102

Chapter 3.5 / 18
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements

cover
12 Mount the EMI shield
3
2
1
5366QRM94
5366QRM22
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM23
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 19
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
Power Supply Module (MOD09) Replacement
2
3
5366QRM86
5366QRM16
1
2
3
5366QRM17
4 At touching the Devil module observe

ESD precautions
5366QRM87
5 Unplug connectors 1 to 4
5366QRM88
5366QRM89

Chapter 3.5 / 20
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
7 Pack defective Power Supply

6 Remove the power supply
6
1
John Smith
Receiver:
SN:SN: 1234
Part:
Part: TPH
Agfa
Waybill
Sender:
5366QRM90
8 Put new power supply in place. Connect

the E-label connector. Mount 5 screws.
5366QRM91
9 Re-connect connectors 1 to 3
1
3
3
5366QRM92
5366QRM93

cover
3
2
1
5366QRM94
5366QRM22

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 21
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM23
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 22
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
9
Replacements
Display Module (MOD10) Replacement
2
3
5366QRM116
5366QRM16
3 Unplug connectors and remove

display module
1
1
2
2
4
3
3
5366QRM17
4 When touching the new display

5366QRM117
5 Mount new display module and

connect cables
3
1
2
5366QRM119

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 23
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements

cover
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
3
2
2
1
1
5366QRM22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
5366QRM23

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 24
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
10
Replacements
Input Sensor Module (MOD11) Replacement
2
3
5365QRM154
5365QRM16
3 Open hold down bracket
1
2
3
5365QRM17
5366QRM48
5 Disconnet cable, remove screw and pull

out input sensor module
4 Open TPH module
5366QRM49
5365QRM156

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 25
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Insert new input sensor module, mount

screw and connect cable
7 Close TPH module and hold down

bracket
5365QRM155

cover
5366QRM59
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
3
2
2
1
1
5365QRM83
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
5365QRM84

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5365QRM22
5365QRM23

Chapter 3.5 / 26
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
5365QRM07

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 27
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
11
Themis Module (MOD12) Replacement
SW 7
2
3
5366QRM103
5366QRM16
1
2
3
5366QRM17
4 At touching the Devil / Themis / RAM

5366QRM87
5 Remove RAM module
1
2
1
5366QRM88
5366QRM114

Chapter 3.5 / 28
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Remove 4 screws. Remove Themis
7 Pack defective Themis

6
1
Waybill
Sender:
John Smith
Receiver:
SN:SN: 1234
Part:
Part: TPH
Agfa
5366QRM106a
8 Mount Themis at Devil CPU
5366QRM105
9 Remount RAM module
5366QRM106
5366QRM115

cover
3
2

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 29
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM23
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 30
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
12
Replacements
Cam drive (MOD13) Replacement
2
3
5365QRM78
5365QRM16
3 Open cable holder
1
2
3
5365QRM17
4 Disconnect connctor 1, remove two

screws and remove cam drive module
5365QRM79
5 Put new module in place, fasten 2

screws and connect cable
2
1
3
2
3
1
1
5365QRM80
5365QRM81

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 31
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements

cover
6 Reconnect cable holder
3
2
1
5365QRM82
5365QRM83
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5365QRM84
CA
5365QRM22
5365QRM23
5365QRM07

Chapter 3.5 / 32
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
13
Replacements
Gear Box Module (MOD14) Replacement
2
3
5366QRM15
5366QRM16
3 Remove spring, belt and connector
1
2
3
3
2
5366QRM17
4 Loosen 3 screws A and remove gear box

module
5366QRM18
5 Put new gear box module in place.

Fasten 3 screws
1
2
3
1
3
5366QRM19
5366QRM20

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 33
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Re-connect connector, mount belt and

spring
7 Re-mount right cover and close top

cover
3
2
2
1
5366QRM21
8 Re-Connect all cables and switch on
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
5366QRM22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM23
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 34
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
14
Replacements
Suspension Drive Module (MOD15) Replacement
2
3
5366QRM68
5366QRM16
3 Remove right cover
1
1
2
5366QRM25
4 Remove output module and output tray
5366QRM17a
5 Remove rear cover
1
2
1
3
2
5366QRM64
5366QRM70a

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 35
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
7 Disconnect cable, remove 3 screws and

remove module
6 Remove spring
3
2
1
2
5366QRM71
8 Put new module in place, fasten 3

screws A and re-connect cable
5366QRM72
9 Remount spring
1
2
3
2
2
5366QRM73
10 Remount rear cover
5366QRM74
11 Remount output module
2
2
1
3
1
2
5366QRM75a
5366QRM66

Chapter 3.5 / 36
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
13 Remount left cover and close top

cover
12 Remount right cover
3
2
1
5366QRM17b
14 Reconnect all cables and switch on
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
5366QRM32
15 Print SMPTE image
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM23
5366QRM07
17Your Drystar 5302 is ready to use
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 37
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
15
TPH cooling fan (MOD16) Replacement
2
3
5365QRM67
5365QRM16
3 Remove connector A and 2 screws. Lift

out module.
2 Open top cover
3
2
5365QRM36
4 Insert new module, re-connect

connector and fasten 2 screws
5365QRM47
5 Close top cover
1
2
5365QRM60
5365QRM44

Chapter 3.5 / 38
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5365QRM23
5365QRM23
5365QRM08
5365QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 39
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
16
Pumps & Valves Assembly (MOD17) Replacement
SW7
5366QRM142
5366QRM16
3 Remove 3 screws, 2 hoses and cable
3
1
2
2
1
3
5366QRM25
4 Put new module in place, mount 3

screws, cable and hoses
5366QRM143
5 Remount left cover and close top cover
3
3
2
2
1
1
1
5366QRM144
5366QRM32

Chapter 3.5 / 40
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Reconnect all cables and switch on
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
7 Print SMPTE image
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM23
8 Evaluate test image
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 41
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
17
RAM Module (MOD18) Replacement
2
3
5366QRM113
5366QRM16
1
2
3
5366QRM17
4 At touching the Devil / Themis / RAM

5366QRM87
5 Remove RAM module
1
2
1
5366QRM88
5366QRM114

Chapter 3.5 / 42
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Mount new RAM Module
1
5366QRM115

cover
5366QRM94
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
3
2
2
1
1
5366QRM22
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
5366QRM23

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 43
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 44
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
18
Replacements
E-Box Cooling Fan (MOD20) Replacement
SW 7
2
3
5366QRM107
5366QRM16
1
2
3
5366QRM17
4 Open cable holder, disconnect

connector and remove 2 screws
5366QRM87
5 Re-mount 2 screws, re-connect

connector and close cable holder.
5366QRM108
5366QRM109

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 45
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements

cover
3
2
1
5366QRM94
5366QRM22
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM23
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 46
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
19
Replacements
Cam Drive Shaft Replacement
wa
ter
pro
of
2
3
5366QRM85
2 Open top cover and remove left and

right cover
5366QRM16
3 Disconnect connctor 1, remove two

screws and remove cam drive module
2
4
1
3
2
3
5366QRM45a
4 Mark belt outside with a waterproof pen
rp
wate
5365QRM80
roof
Belt running direction important

Image artifacts when mounted
the wrong way
Mark belt outside with a waterproof pen.
2
1
5366QRM152
5366QRM26

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 47
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Open 2 screws, disconnect cable A and

remove TPH fan
3
2
5366QRM47
8 Open TPH module
5366QRM48
9 Remove retaining ring and bearing bush
5366QRM49
10 Take out cam drive shaft
5366QRM50
11 Insert new cam drive shaft
1
1
1
5366QRM51
5366QRM57

Chapter 3.5 / 48
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
12 Insert bearing bush. Mount retaining

ring.

bracket
5366QRM58
14 Mount TPH fan
5366QRM59
15 Mount pulley and belt
1
1
2
5
3
5366QRM601
16 Attention: Observe belt running

direction
5366QRM31
17 Mount cam drive module

Image artifacts (17 mm banding)
when mounted the wrong way
Mount belt with mark outside.
See step # 4.
2
3
1
1
5366QRM153
5365QRM81

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 49
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
18 Mount left and right cover . Close top

cover
19 Connect all cables and switch on
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1
4
2
3
1
2
5366QRM62
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
5366QRM23

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 50
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
20
Replacements
Devil/Themis/RAM Module Replacement
SW 7
2
3
5366QRM95
5366QRM16
1
2
3
5366QRM17
4 At touching the Devil/Themis/RAM

5366QRM87
5 Unplug all connectors at the

Devil/Themis/RAM module
5366QRM88
5366QRM96

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 51
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Remove 2 screws A. Remove

Devil/Themis/RAM Module
7 Pack defective Devil/Themis/RAM

6
1
John Smith
Receiver:
SN:SN: 1234
Part:
Part: TPH
Agfa
Waybill
Sender:
5366QRM97
8 Mount the new Devil/Themis/RAM

module
5366QRM99
9 Re-connect all connectors
2
2
5366QRM101
5366QRM102

cover
3
2
1
5366QRM94
5366QRM22

Chapter 3.5 / 52
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5366QRM23
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 53
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
21
Hard Disk Drive Replacement
2
3
5365QRM128
2 Loosen 12 screws in the rear and

remove EMI shield
5365QRM16
3 Remove 4 screws, power and data cable
1
2
1
1
2
1
5365QRM129
5365QRM130a
5 Mount new hard disk. Observe ESD

precautions.
4 Remove 4 screws
5365QRM132
5365QRM132

Chapter 3.5 / 54
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Remount 4 screws and harddisk power

and data cable
7 Remount harddisk
5365QRM133
5365QRM134
9 Get the device SW from MEDNET.

Refer to 'readme.pdf' how to copy to CF
8 Remount EMI shield
MEDNET
GSO Library
"Sign In"
Hardcopy
Dry Imagers
DRYSTAR 5302
Freeware
ZIP File
SW_XYZ.ZIP
readme.pdf
5365QRM135
10 Insert CF card with SW
5365QRM136
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
2
1
5365QRM137
5365QRM23

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 55
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
12 Confirm installation of displayed

software
13 Wait till all data are copied
Copying
a:/ . . . R_XY_CZ.zip
to
c:/ . . . R_XY_CZ.zip
IN
Installation
finished
IN
Please remove card
5365QRM138
14 Reload machine specific data
5365QRM139
15 Print test image from the modality
5365QRM140
5365QRM141
5365QRM08
5365QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 56
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
22
Replacements
Main Drive Pulley & Belt Replacement
2
3
5366QRM77
5366QRM16
1
2
2
1
3
5366QRM25
4 Mount new pulley and belt: Always

replace both together!
5366QRM26
5 Mount side cover and close top cover
1
3
2
2
5
3
5366QRM31
5366QRM32

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 57
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM23
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 58
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
23
Replacements
OSB Module Replacement
SW7
5365QRM121
5365QRM16
3 Caution: The Thermal Head can be hot!
1
2
3
5365QRM25
4 Open the hold-down bracket
5365QRM37
5 Open the TPH module
5365QRM48
5365QRM49

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 59
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
7 Cut the wire ties, remove cable holder

and take out cable
6 Disconnect connector 1
5365QRM122
8 Disconnect 3 screws and 4 cables at

OSB module. Remove OSB module.
5365QRM123
9 Insert new OSB module. Mount screws

and cables.
5365QRM124
10 Re-mount cable holder, cable ties
5365QRM125
11 Re-connect connector 1 at TH
5365QRM126
5365QRM127

Chapter 3.5 / 60
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
12 Close TPH module and hold-down

bracket
13 Re-mount left cover and close top

cover
3
2
1
5365QRM59
14 Connect all cables and switch on.
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
5365QRM32
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
5365QRM23
CA
5365QRM07
5365QRM08
5365QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 61
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
24
Print Drum Module Replacement
SW7
wa
ter
2
pro
o
5366QRM45
2 Open top cover and remove left and

right cover
5366QRM16
3 Remove cam drive module
2
4
1
3
2
3
5366QRM45
4 Mark belt outside with a waterproof pen
rp
wate
5366QRM46
roof

Image artifacts when mounted
the wrong way
Mark belt outside with a waterproof pen.
2
1
5366QRM152
5366QRM26

Chapter 3.5 / 62
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
6 Open 2 screws, disconnect cable A and

remove TPH fan
3
2
5366QRM47
5366QRM48
9 Insert auxiliary fittings to lift the

pressure arms
8 Open TPH module
5366QRM49
10 Remove 2 screws
5366QRM150
11 Take out Print Drum Module
1
1
5366QRM52
5366QRM53

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 63
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
12 Attention: The print drum has a

sensitive surface
13 Insert new Print Drum Module
Sensitive surface
Rubber surface can be damaged
Insert module carefully
5366QRM53a
14 Take care that all clips of the guides

are properly inserted
5366QRM55
15 Re-mount 2 screws
1
1
1
2
5366QRM55
5366QRM56

bracket
16 Remove auxiliary fittings
5366QRM57
5366QRM59

Chapter 3.5 / 64
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
18 Mount TPH fan
19 Mount pulley and belt
1
1
2
5
3
5366QRM60
20 Attention: Observe belt running

direction
5366QRM31
21 Mount cam drive module

Image artifacts (17 mm banding)
when mounted the wrong way
Mount belt with mark outside.
See step # 4.
1
1
5366QRM153
22 Mount left and right cover . Close top

cover
5366QRM23
WARMING UP
Please Wait
Ready
1
4
2
3
1
2
5366QRM62
5366QRM23

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 65
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5365QRM07
5365QRM09
5365QRM34

Chapter 3.5 / 66
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
25
Replacements
Tag Reader Assembly Replacement
2
1
5366QRM145
5366QRM02
3 Remove tag reader and cable
1
4
1
3
2
5366QRM03
4 Mount new tag reader
5366QRM04
5 Load films and insert ray
1
1
3
2
5366QRM05
5366QRM11

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 67
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Replacements
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.

SELECT
Print Testimage
3 smpte_1300.zip
4 smpte_lin.zip
CA
5366QRM07
5366QRM08
5366QRM09

Chapter 3.5 / 68
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-02
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
26
Replacements
TPH Filter Module Replacement
1 Open top cover
5365QRM110
2 Remove 2 screws. Lift out module.
5365QRM36
3 Remount new module
5365QRM111
4 Close top cover
5365QRM112
5365QRM44
5365QRM09

2005-09-02
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.5 / 69
Repair and Service

Adjustments and calibrations
DD+DIS150.05E
Chapter 3.6:
List of contents
Adjustments ............................................................................. 1
1.1
Horizontal film alignment procedure ...................................................... 1
Calibrations .............................................................................. 2
2.1
Film Calibration ........................................................................................ 3
2.2
CDM calibration ........................................................................................ 4
2.3
Print Head (TH) Calibration...................................................................... 6
Checks ...................................................................................... 8
3.1
Density reproduction check .................................................................... 8
3.2
Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure............................... 10

2005-09-16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.6 / I
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Adjustments
Following adjustments have to be performed at the printer:
Adjustment
Horizontal film alignment
1.1
To be done ....
Details
see....
in case after TH replacement the

blank left or right frame is < 2mm
1.1
Horizontal film alignment procedure

When?
The horizontal film alignment is necessary when:

The TPH has been replaced and
the blank frame at the left and right hand side is < 2 mm
How?
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
WebPages
In the printer web pages select 'Service Engineer Tools'

Select 'Enter Service Command Session'
Select '6 Calibration - 4 Horizontal Alignment'
Select 'upper tray' or 'lower tray'
Measure the left and right blank border of the test film
Enter the values in the browser screen
Select 'Accept Changes'
Welcome to this
Service - Calibration
Horizontal alignment
Left white border 0.0
Right white border 0.0
Accept changes
(mm)
(mm)
Discard changes
536636ac.cdr
Figure 1

2005-09-16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.6 / 1
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Calibrations
Following calibrations have to be performed at the printer:
Adjustment
To be done ....
Film calibration
Details
see....
During maintenance.
After replacement of the Thermal print
head (TPH).
2.1
During the troubleshooting procedure.

refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting
Internal densitometer
(CDM) calibration
Print Head (TH)

calibration
After output module replacement
When the density reproduction check

indicates to calibrate the CDM

refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting

Refer to chapter 3.3, Troubleshooting
2.2
2.3

Chapter 3.6 / 2
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-16
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.1
Film Calibration
Film calibration by default is executed automatically at every 5th new film
package.
It can be activated/deactivated in the Key-operator menu "1. Change
settings - 5. Image quality - 1. General - select default for film calibration
(default = ON)". Also the calibration frequency (Default = every 5 film
packs) can be entered there.
It can be initiated manually, too.
This manual Film calibration is explained further on.
When?
At least each 5000 films (adjustable maintenance action. Refer to chapter

9 Maintenance).
After replacement of the Thermal print head (TPH).
In case of a drift of the maximum density.
During the troubleshooting procedure. refer to chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting
(1)
Select in key-operator menu

Calibration'
(2)
Select upper or lower input

tray: The calibration film as
shown in Figure 2 is printed
and the measured Dmax is
shown.
(3)
Repeat film calibration for

second input tray
536336as.cdr
Figure 2

2005-09-16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.6 / 3
Repair and Service

2.2
DD+DIS150.05E
CDM calibration
When?
Only following densitometers can be used for the calibration: McBeth TR924, Gretag D200-2, X-Rite 301, X-Rite 310, X-Rite 331, X-Rite 341
The densitometer must be calibrated with the calibration wedge of the

supplier according to the calibration procedure of the supplier.
The calibration of the internal densitometer CDM via an external

densitometer is necessary when the density reproduction check for a
specific material is not OK after a film calibration.
After replacement of the Output module (which includes the internal
densitometer).
Purpose
How?
WebPages
Adjust the CDM to another calibrated, external densitometer

To compensate for measurement drifts
(1) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service

Command session' select '6. Calibration - 2. Internal densitometer
calibration'
(2) Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 3.
(3) Enter the measured densities in the browser window.

Chapter 3.6 / 4
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-16
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
1. Film Calibration
2. Internal Densitometer Calibration
3. Print Head Calibration
4. Horizontal Alignment
Go back
Internal Densitometer Calibration
Select Densitometer
Macbeth TR924
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Start Calibration
Welcome to this
Go back
Reset Values
Welcome to this
Upper Tray
Lower Tray
536636ak.cdr
SUCCEEDED
Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet
Step Previous values
Step Previous values
0.24
0.24
01
0.25
00
0.25
0.25
0.31
02
0.26
03
0.30
0.55
0.95
04
0.54
05
0.94
1.45
1.97
06
1.43
07
1.96
2.49
2.99
08
2.50
09
3.00
3.15
2.80
10
3.18
11
2.80
2.28
1.75
12
2.28
13
1.71
1.20
0.72
14
1.17
15
0.71
0.38
0.26
16
0.37
17
0.26
0.24
0.24
18
0.25
19
0.25
Accept changes
Discard changes
Reset values
Figure 3
Always perform a Film calibration (refer to 2.1) and check the Density
reproduction (refer to 3.1) after a CDM calibration.

2005-09-16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.6 / 5
Repair and Service

2.3
DD+DIS150.05E
Print Head (TH) Calibration

When?
The Print Head Profile calibration is necessary whenever vertical stripes

are not longer acceptable
Vertical stripes are unacceptable in case they are visible in the medical
service test image! Refer to Figure 5.
How?
WebPages
(1) Print the Medical service test image

(2) Clean the thermal head with a cleaning tissue lightly moistened with
Isopropyl - alcohol. The last cleaning action must be carried out in one
way.
(3) In the webpages - menu 'Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command session' select '6. Calibration - 3. Print Head Calibration'.
(4) Follow the instructions on the WebPages. Refer to Figure 4
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
1. Film Calibration
Go back
Printhead Calibration
Select Densitometer
Macbeth TR924
Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Start Calibration
Welcome to this
Reset Values
Welcome to this
Printhead Calibration
Succeeded
Upper Tray
Lower Tray
Select a 14" film for optimum quality
536636ag.cdr
Enter below the measurements of the printer calibration sheet

Step
Step
01 2.1
00 2.0
02 2.0
03 2.1
04 2.1
05 2.1
06 2.1
07 2.1
08 2.2
09 2.1
10 2.1
11 2.2
12 2.1
13 2.1
14 2.1
15 2.0
16 2.1
17 2.1
18 2.1
19 2.1
20 2.1
21 2.2
Accept changes
Field 1
Go back
Discard changes
Reset values
Field 21
Figure 4

Chapter 3.6 / 6
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-16
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
(5) Print the Medical service test

image (refer to Figure 5).
(6) Check the macro banding in the
medical image.
If the vertical stripes are

acceptable, continue with next
step.
If the vertical stripes are still

unacceptable, but improved with
respect to the first printed medical
image, repeat the procedure.
If the vertical stripes are still

unacceptable and not improved
with respect to the first printed
medical image replace the
Thermal Print head (refer to
Section 3.5).
(7) Perform a Film calibration.

Refer to 2.1.
Figure 5
With Print Head Calibration only macro TPH banding can be solved. Sharp
and or small (10 mm) discontinuities can not be solved by a Print Head
Calibration.

2005-09-16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.6 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Checks
Following checks can be performed at the printer:
Adjustment
To be done ....
Details
see....
Check for dust stripes / TH

cleaning procedure
During troubleshooting
procedure. Refer to chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting.
3.1
Density reproduction check
During maintenance. refer to

chapter 9, Maintenance
3.2
During troubleshooting
procedure. refer to chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting.
3.1
Density reproduction check

Background
Information
With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type
between optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the
printed optical density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values
are out of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
(1) In the browser pages select menu "Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage"
(2) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 %
0% fields with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite
301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 densitometer.
(3) To check linearity fill in measured values in corresponding Excel file:
Ds5302 density reproduction check DT2B.xls or
Ds5302 density reproduction check DT2C.xls
These Excel files can be downloaded from MedNet, download area
'GSO library - Hardcopy - Dry Imagers - Drystar 5302 - Freeware'.
(4) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is
calculated automatically.
(5) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density
Reproduction is ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to
carry out a CDM calibration.

Chapter 3.6 / 8
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-16
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
X-rite 341
4
Select densitometer:
Dmax = 314
Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check

100%
20
20
0
0
90%
47
49,4
-2,4
0
80%
73
78,8
-5,8
0
70%
104
108,2
-4,2
0
60%
133
137,6
-4,6
0
50%
163
167
-4
0
40%
189
196,4
-7,4
0
30%
218
225,8
-7,8
0
20%
246
255,2
-9,2
0
10%
274
284,6
-10,6
0
0%
306
314
-8
0
When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot,
e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0
Density
Lower limit
Upper limit
0
0
0
30
-5
5
45
-7
7
Density Reproduction = OK
60
-8
8
No CDM calibration needed for DT2B film
75
-9
9
90
105
120
135
150
165
180
195
210
225
240
255
270
285
300
315
-10
-11
-12
-12
-13
-13
-14
-14
-14
-15
-15
-15
-16
-16
-16
-16
10
11
12
12
13
13
14
14
14
15
15
15
16
16
16
16
Density difference SMPTE image DT2B film in Ds 5302

20
Density Difference
15
X-rite 310
X-rite 331
X-rite 341
X-rite 301
Mac Beth TR924
Gretag D200-2
10
5
0
Lower limit
Upper limit
Density difference
-5
-10
-15
-20
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
Target Density
536636af.cdr
Figure 6

2005-09-16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.6 / 9
Repair and Service

3.2
DD+DIS150.05E
Check for dust stripes / TPH Cleaning Procedure

When?
Whenever dust stripes seem to be present
During troubleshooting procedure. Refer to chapter 3.3,

Troubleshooting.
(1) Check the films for dust stripes as described in the flowchart of
Figure 7
TH cleaning
procedure
Dry TH cleaning
procedure
Print STI2 and

*
medical_image test image
vertical stripes
visible ?
Dismount TH
No
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
Okay
Yes or in doubt
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
Use ink eraser

for cleaning.
Refer to figure next page.
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
Print STI2 test image*
additional
vertical stripes
visible ?
Mount TH
Yes
Clean TH with
Isopropyl alcohol
(wet cleaning)
No
Previous Stripes
still visible ?
No
Okay
Print STI2 test image
Yes
Perform Dry TH
Cleaning Procedure
536410mm.cdr
New vertical
stripes visible ?
Yes
No
* Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session
- 3 Print Image
** Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service Command Session
- 6 Calibrate - 3 Print Head Calibration
Vertical
stripes visible ?
No
Okay
Yes
Perform TH
**
profile calibration.
Observe TH cleaning rules

described next page
Stripes visible in
medical_image test
image ?
No
Okay
Yes
Replace TH
Figure 7

Chapter 3.6 / 10
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-16
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Basic Rules for the TH Cleaning Procedure

Use the correct cleaning material.
1. Wet cleaning: Use a lint free cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol or a cleaning tissue.
2. Dry cleaning: Use the blue side of an ink eraser. Make a linear
cleaning movement, parallel to the resistor line. Refer to Figure 8.
3. For the last wet cleaning action observe the rule: The last cleaning
action must be carried out in one way!
For the Isopropyl alcohol observe the rule: As less water is in the alcohol
as better. Water can damage the TH. We recommend using a 90%
Isopropyl alcohol.
Before dry cleaning with an ink eraser to remove print stripes dismount
the thermal head.
During cleaning do not push on the IC cover of the Thermal Head.
TH resistor line
TH cross section
TH top view
Blue side
Ink eraser
e.g. Pelican
type BR40
536410cd.cdr
linear cleaning movement

parallel to TH resistor line
Figure 8: Usage of ink eraser for TH cleaning

Instruct the customer, not to fill the input tray with dropped films or films
coming from jam clearances:
These re-inserted films can be contaminated with dust and fingerprints
which can result in image artifacts or a defective thermal head.
If the film is inserted the wrong way, the thermal head gets heavily
contaminated, what makes a service intervention necessary.

2005-09-16
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.6 / 11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Software menus, Settings
Chapter 3.7:
List of contents
Controls at the local Keypad ...................................................... 1
Key-Operator Menu via local keypad......................................... 2
Key-Operator Webpages in SW Rel. 1.8 .................................... 3
Service Command Webpages in SW Rel. 1.8............................ 5
Service Engineer Tools Webpages in SW Rel. 1.8 ................... 7
Difference Key-Operator and Service Command Session in

SW Rel. 1.9 ................................................................................. 11

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.7 / I
Agfa Comapny Confidential
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Controls at the local Keypad

The keypad
Overview of user interface controls:

1
The control buttons
Power / Reset
button
To power on or off the printer.

To reset the printer.
Keypad keys:
Keyoperator key
To access the advanced functions of the Keyoperator mode. Refer to next page.
Power/Reset button
Display
Keyboard
Status indicator LED
Film input tray
Film output tray
Escape key
To quit the current function or exit a menu without

saving modifications.
Confirm key
(In Key-operator mode)

To select a menu;
To accept an entry in a menu.
Up key
To move the cursor to the previous entry field.

To scroll upwards.
To increment the number in a(n) (alpha)numerical
entry field.
Down key
To move the cursor to the next entry field.

To scroll downwards.
To decrement the number in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field.
Left key
To scroll backwards through multiple choices

within a field.
To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from right to left.
To toggle between values in a field.
Right key
To scroll forwards through multiple choices within

a field.
To move the entry position in a(n)
(alpha)numerical entry field from left to right.
To toggle between values in a field.
The status indicator LED

At the right side of the display, a LE D indicates the status of the Drystar 5300.
Color
Light
Constant
Status
Ready (standby)
Receive
jobs?
Printing
OK?
Yes
Yes
Startup sequence
No
No
Receiving jobs
Yes
Yes
Calculating
Yes
Yes
Printing
Yes
Yes
Calibrating
Yes
No
Action
Proceed.
Wait.
Green
Blinking
Installation
Blinking
No
No
Key-operator
Yes/No
Yes/No
Service mode
No
No
Proceed with
the activity.
Input tray empty
Yes
Yes/No
Refer to
User / Reference
Manual
Film jam
Yes
No
Refer to
User / Reference
Manual
Warning
Yes
Yes
Refer to
User / Reference
Manual
Error status
No
No
Refer to
Section
Troubleshooting
"
All keys (except the Key-operator key) have a LED that is lit when the key
is valid in a certain condition.
"
Press and hold down an arrow key to scroll quickly through a list
or a menu.
Red
Constant
5365_100_3702.cdr
Page 1

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.7 / 1
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Key-Operator Menu via local keypad

Based on SW rel. 1.8
=
=
Show settings
General
Upper input tray
General
Other...
Lower input tray

Network(DICOM)
Image quality
Logical printers
Time and date

Language
Beep on empty tray
Installed datasets
Change settings
General
Upper Input tray
Film view
Lower Input tray
Film type
Network(DICOM)
Film format
Image quality
Film view
Film type
Print image
Test image
Film format
From CF-Card
Printer AE-title
Save configuration
General
? ostname
NETWORK only
Domain name
Printer IP-address
Restore configuration
General
NETWORK only
Netmask
Router IP-address
Remove modality
Add modality
Calibration
Film calibration
Clean therm. head
General setting
Per modality setting
Service actions
Error messages
Warning messages
SMPTE
Etc...
Repair history
Maintenance
Show open and update

Show closed items
Quality Control
Installation
From CF-Card
Printer installation
536637cc.cdr

Chapter 3.7 / 2
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Key-Operator Webpages in SW Rel. 1.8

Welcome to this
Prompt
Welcome to this
Enter Password
drystar
Operator tools
Key-operator tools
******
HOME
OK
Cancel
Welcome to this
KEY OPERATOR TOOLS

Remote sessions
Specialist tools
Please wait while the printer is initializing

for Remote Session...
Security Tools
HELP
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Main
1. Show settings
2. Change settings
3. Print image
4. Save configuration
5. Restore config.
6. Calibration
7. Service actions
8. Quality Control
9. Installation
leave remote session
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Show settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
5. Logical Printers
6. Installed datasets
Key-Operator - Change settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
Go back
Go back
Welcome to this
2.2
3.1
2.3
Go back
2.4
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Calibration
1. Film Calibration
2. Therm. Head clean
Go back
Go back
Go back
3.1 7.1 8.1 9.1
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Print Image

1. Test Image
2. From Printer Flash Card
3. From Remote Computer
2.1
Key-Operator - Restore configuration

1. From CF-Card
3. Frm dd/mm/yy hh:mm
Key-Operator - Save configuration

1. To Printer Flash Card
2. To this Computer
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
Welcome to this
refer to next page

5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 1
Based on SW Rel. 1.8
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Service actions

1. Error Messages
2. Warning Messages
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Quality Control

1. Quality Control
7.1
Welcome to this
8.1
Go back

2. Printer Installation Wizard
9.1
Go back
Go back

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.7 / 3
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.1
2.2
Welcome to this

Date: 19
2004
Oct.
Time: 08
00
30
Typical 68
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments
Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
Upper input tray
1. General
2. Modality XYZ
Go back
Welcome to this
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C
Printer AE-title
Hostname
Domain name
Printer IP-Address
Netmask
Router IP-address
LDAP server
Service host IP-address
Alert mailing

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
DS5300
ds5300
Daily used name

Modality AE-title
12.10.68.41
255.0.0.0
Look Up Table:
8.1
Key-Operator - Print image

Go back

Data of last QC measuring
Date: 20-NOV-2004
Time: 09:01
Initials:
Max D: 3.1
DD: 0.2
Mid Density: 1.1
Base + Fog: 0.2
New reference: yes
no
Comment:
Welcome to this

1. Maintenance settings
2. Pending maintenance actions
3. Closed maintenance actions
Go back
Accept changes Go Back
New QC measuring
Reset Values
Go back
Replication
Linear
CubicHi-res
CubicBell
off
on
Welcome to this
Before install.
please make backup
1. OK, make backup
2. SKIP backup
Linear
Kanamori
Kanamorilike
Interpolation:
7.1
CT2
CT2_ARC
Maximum density:
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Change network settings (dicom)
Normal
Back
1. Ktbwd2n.zip
2. smpte_kan.zip
3. smpte_l300.zip
4. smpte_lin.zip
5. tpa.zip
Software Upgrade
Go back
Film view
Welcome to this
1. From CF-card
2. From this Computer
Go back
Lower input tray
Welcome to this
9.1
Welcome to this
1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
3. Add modality

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
3.1
2.4
Welcome to this
Normal
Film view
Back
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
2.3
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
280
285
290
295
Choose Dataset
Proceed
Go Back
Browse .....
Reset Values
Welcome to this

on

Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this

MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
Reset Item
Cycles to go Factory settings
Thermal head cleaning required
Replace thermal head anti dust filter
Replace thermal head (end of life)
Film calibration upper tray required
Film calibration lower tray required
Service maintenance required
4841
24841
62500
39841
500
2333
5000
25000
62500
40000
5000
5000
Welcome to this

Select frequency
Every 5 packs
Go back
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 2

Chapter 3.7 / 4
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Service Command Webpages in SW Rel. 1.8

Welcome to this
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
Operator tools
HOME
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
Prompt
Enter Password
mega
Key-operator tools
******
Specialist tools
OK
Cancel
Security Tools
HELP
1
Service - Main
1. Show settings
2. Change settings
3. Print image
4. Save configuration
5. Restore config.
6. Calibration
7. Service actions
8. Quality Control
9. Installation
leave remote session
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Welcome to this
Service - Show settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
5. Logical Printers
6. Installed datasets
Go back
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Service - Print Image

1. Test Image
2. From Printer Flash Card
2.1
2.2
3.1
2.3
Go back
2.4
Welcome to this
Service - Restore configuration

1. From CF-Card
3. Frm dd/mm/yy hh:mm
Service - Save configuration

1. To Printer Flash Card
2. To this Computer
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4
Please wait while the printer is initializing

for Remote Session...
Welcome to this
Service - Change settings

1. General
2. Input tray
3. Network (DICOM)
4. Image quality
Go back
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
1. Film Calibration
Go back
Go back
3.1 7.1 8.1 9.1
Go back
refer to next page

5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 8
Welcome to this
Service - Service actions

1. Maintenance
2. Errors
3. Warnings
4. Repair history
5. Logging
Welcome to this
Service - Installation
Service - Quality Control
7.1
1. Quality Control
Go back
Welcome to this
8.1

2. Printer Installation Wizard
9.1
Go back
Go back

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.7 / 5
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
2.1
2.2
Welcome to this
Service - Change general settings

Date: 19
Time: 08
Language English
Chinese Simpl.
Japanese
Service - Change network settings (dicom)
Service - Change Image quality settings
1. General
2. Modality XYZ
Go back
Go back

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
Welcome to this
1. Network settings
2. Remove modality
3. Add modality
Normal
Back
Typical 68
2.4
Welcome to this
Film view
* Site name
* Site address
* City
* Telephone
Modem
* Department
* Contact person
* Delivery address
E-mail address
Comments
Drystar DT2B
3.1
2.3

Upper input tray
2004
00
Oct.
30
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Printer AE-title
Hostname
Domain name
Printer IP-Address
Netmask
Router IP-address
LDAP server
Service host IP-address
Alert mailing
DS5300
ds5300
Daily used name

Modality AE-title
12.10.68.41
255.0.0.0
Look Up Table:
Service - Quality Control

Data of last QC measuring
Date: 20-NOV-2004
Time: 09:01
Initials:
Max D: 3.1
DD: 0.2
Mid Density: 1.1
Base + Fog: 0.2
New reference: yes
no
Comment:
Reset Values
Linear
Kanamori
Kanamorilike
Replication
Linear
CubicHi-res
CubicBell
off
on
Welcome to this
New QC measuring
Printer
DS5300
Interpolation:
Service - Print image

1. LinCheck.zip
2 .STI1.zip
3. STI2.zip
4. medical_image.zip
Welcome to this
Accept changes Go Back

Service - Change network settings (dicom)
Maximum density:
Welcome to this
8.1
280
285
290
295
Before install.
please make backup
Welcome to this
Go back
9.1
1. OK, make backup

2. SKIP backup
Welcome to this
Go back
7.1
Welcome to this

Go back

on
Software Upgrade
1. From CF-card
2. From this Computer
Go back

Gretag
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
Welcome to this
Choose Dataset
Proceed
Go Back
Browse .....
Reset Values
Welcome to this
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 9

Select frequency
Refer to section
"Difference Key-Operator and
Service command session"
Every 5 packs

Chapter 3.7 / 6
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Service Engineer Tools Webpages in SW Rel. 1.8

Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Operator tools
SERVICE TOOLS
Enter Password
mega
Key-operator tools
HOME
******
Specialist tools
OK
Cancel
Security Tools
S4
HELP
Security Setup
HTTP Yes
HTTPS No
..............
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
Prompt
______________ Power supply state

DC 5 Volts 4.96875 V
DC 3 Volts 3.2714844 V
DC +12 Volts 12.007315 V
DC -12 Volts -12.014129 V
DC 24 Volts 24.173584 V
DC TH Volts 0 V
DC TH Amps 0.0 A
______________ Error state
Current warnings
Current errors
______________ Temperatures
Heatsink 52.70407 C
Keypad-display 41.5 C
Drum-region 36.5 C
CPU-region 52 C
Current Max density 310.45212 points
______________ Density meter
Dark current Idrange 0: 78
range 1: 78
range 2: 77
Light current I09561, lamp at 75 %
______________ Display
Contrast-setting 68
Backlight-setting 50
______________ Status
Blemish heating enabled
CDM device enabled
Online diagnosis enabled
Security disabled
______________ Storage
Removable storage not present
Removable storage size Removable storage free Fixed (c:) storage size 122 MB (128045056 bytes)
Fixed (c:) storage free 0 bytes
S3
Network info
IP-address 10.233.68.108
Hostname DI53IE2
Netmask 255.255.248.0
...................................
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
...........................................
link partner : 100HD 10HD autonegotiation
Cable info : 100 Mbit Half-Duplex
Output Queue
Retry timeout0
.......................................
Dicom input
........................................
LPD Profiles
.............................................
Site info
City
Site Name
Site address
Country code
Department name
Phone
Modem
Comment
Installation Date
INFO COUNTER drystar 5300
InfoCounters
Last error codes ESC
......................................
Errors/Warnings
Name Total Relative Date of last
ESC1F Local SSL trusted certificate wi...4848Apr-27-2004 15:52:24
..............................................
S5
FPGAVersion3.0.1
OSVersion
### /portex info
Versions : Portex=2004.05
Patch vers: 0
Build date: 13-oct-2004 16:12
Boot date : 17-NOV-2004 17:06:26
Net ID : 10.233.65.97 dry900
Ethernet : 08:00:66:80:44:09
S2
1. Site and system info:

-----------------------Date:
18-Nov-2004
Time:
12:42:15
1.1 Device info:
---------------Product name:
drystar
Type-No:
5300
Subtype-No:
Serial-No:
1234
Manufacture date:
01-Aug-2004 16:45:00
Installation date:
31-Nov-2004 13:10:30
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Connectivity tools
Scaling Setup
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Controller logging
Module repair
Modules
refer to section "Key-Operator Web pages"

refer to section "Service command web pages"
S7
S8
S9
S10
S11
S12
S13
S13
S1
LIST OF ERRORS
MODULE : vilismodule
Elabel : Yes
HOME | SERVICE
Upper
Filminput
Module
HC207000 : vilismodule.dsh.connected
*TypeDefect
*Context207000
*ActionSeeManual
*Reason1Connector P9 not connected on VILIS
Cure1Connect P9 on VILIS
*Reason2VILIS defect
Cure2Replace
PartMOD07
Lower
Filminput
Module
Upper Pickup
Module
Lower Pickup
Module
Filmsensor
Module
Drumdrive
Module
Coolingfan
Module
HC207001 : vilismodule.psu.connected
*TypeDefect
*Context207001
*ActionSeeManual
*Reason1Connector P15 not connected on VILIS
Cure1Connect P15 on VILIS
*Reason2VILIS defect
Cure2Replace
PartMOD07
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
EBox-fan
Module
Camshaft
Module
Output
Module
Suspension
Drive Module
Pump And
Values
Module
S6
Current printjob(s) will be printed, queueing new printjobs will be disabled
Current Incidents:
Current Warnings:
S8
S9
S10
Current Defects:
DriverVersionVersion: HW3.12 ; build timestamp : time = 14:36:45,21

ControllerVersion P4D3.03.15
DrystarVersion R1.9 C1
BoardVersion VILIS2.2
M16Version 45
1.2 Site info:

-------------City:
Padova
Site name:
Connectathon
Site address:
Avenida 12
Department name:
X-Ray
Phone:
1234321
Modem:
Comment:
1.3 Hardware info:
-----------------CPU:
0 - THEMIS 1.3 rev=? **
RAM:
512 Mbyte
S11 S12 S13

releaseRemoteSession
S7
refer to next 3 pages

5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 3

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.7 / 7
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E

HOME HELP
Controller Setup
Reduction icon on image: yes
HOME HELP
DICOM Input Setup
HELP
S9
Dicom Print SCP Servers
S8
Kernel: when no image scaling is needed for CubicHighRes:
Setup Dicom Print SCP Servers
S9.1
Automatically switch to CubicBell: yes
Dicom Host Profiles
Use CubicBell smooth factor: 0.35 ( >= 0.1 and <= 10 )
A 'Host Profile' defines the print parameters for a specific host (modality).
Available Host Profiles:
S9.2
New
View/Edit
Remove
Clone
HELP
Site Defaults
These are the default print settings for all Dicom input for which no special 'Host
Profile' is made. The values may be overloaded at run-time by the Dicom input.
S9.3
Only some parameters can be edited.
At run-time, profile selection is done based on the incoming 'Calling AE title'

and the receiving SCP server.
If no profile is found, the default (site) profile will be used.
Edit the default (site) profile
Validate profiles
Auto Dicom Configuration
Input status
Number of Copies:
1
Print Priority:
LOW
Polarity:
normal
Film Orientation
:portrait
Trim:
NO
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Print even if Film Size ID/Medium type not supported:
YES
Kernel:Interpolation Type cubicHighRes,smoothFactor:
-2.5
Magnification:Magn:
max
Pixel Size:ratio:
1.0 / 1.0
Perception LUT:
kanamori
Kanamori Like value
:0
Custom value:
2000
10
BLACK
BLACK
Maximum Density (OD x100):
300
Annotation 1:
none
Edit Custom
Annotation 2:
none
Edit Custom
Window (%):
Level (%):
Image Orientation
:r0
0
Nevent enabled:
OFF
Mammo:
NO
0
Image Timeout (s)
:0
true
true
true
Resolution:
320
Supported SOP classes
:All enabled
23
OK
S9.3
idle
Refresh
Update profile database

Select profile database file to upload:
Upload new DB
HOME HELP
DICOM Print SCP Setup
Setup one or more Dicom SCP servers on this device:

One 'Dicom Print SCP server' is capable of handling multiple Dicom
print associations
S9.1
Dicom Print SCP

Internal Name: DS5300
Clear this field to remove the settings for this Dicom Print SCP server
Listen at Port: 104
Max. allowed associations: 10
Activate at startup:
Secure channel (SSL):
Comments:
OK
Create new Dicom Print SCP
Cancel
HOME HELP
Show last Input

HOME HELP
LPD Setup
LPD Servers
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 4
LPD Server Setup

New
View/Edit
Remove
Clone
Layout Preview
S9.2
Nick Name: Name XYZ

Use this profile only for incoming 'Calling AE title': Host AE
Number of Copies:
Print Priority: low
Polarity:
normal
Trim: no
Film Size ID:
Medium Type:
Kernel: site
Edit Custom
Magnification: Edit
Pixel Size: ratio:
Edit
Perception LUT: kanamori
Kanamori Like value:
Custom value:
Maximum Density (OD x100): site
300
Annotation 1:
site
Edit Custom
Annotation 2:
site
Edit Custom
Window (%):
Level (%):
Nevent enabled: off
Mammo modality: NO site
Image Timeout (s):
Resolution:320
LPD Server Setup
LPD Server
Cancel
Browse ...
Host Profile: Name XYZ
S10
S10.1
S10.1
Port: 515 Clear it to remove the LPD Server

Max allowed associations: 10
Activate at startup:
Secure channel:
Comments:
S10.2
OK
Create new LPD Server
Cancel
Validate All Profiles

Chapter 3.7 / 8
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
S11.1
HELP
HOME HELP
LPD Profile: Name XYZ
These settings can be overruled by the LPD protocol.

You can prevent this by checking the checkboxes at the front.
Basic IP
S10.2
Network Configuration
Routing
DNS
Ethernet
HOME HELP
Reboot Device
Ethernet
S12
all
Show History
Clear History
Auto-Refresh
Input state:
Output Queue setup:

Retry timeout (seconds)
Max retry count
range: 31..599
(0 = retry forever)
Submit
HOME HELP
Basic IP
Routing
DNS
Ethernet
HOME HELP
Reboot Device
Routing
Default gateway
S11.1
More Routes
Reach Device
Routing
DNS
Ethernet
Reboot Device
DNS servers
S11.2
via gateway:
Remove

Test Routes
Ping a device
Basic IP
A DNS server translates a given hostname into an IP address.
Add Changes require reboot

Ping
Test DNS
Enter a hostname:
Resolve
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 1
DNS
Output Queue contents:

Filter on
Customized items are show in red.
Routing
S11
Output Queue
Obtain IP settings automatically (RARP/BOOTP/DHCP) no
OK Cancel Factory Defaults
Basic IP
S11.3
Basic IP settings
IP address
Host name
Domain
Subnetmask
Profile Name: Name XYZ

Medium Size: _14x17
Medium Type: bluebased
Layout: Optimal Row
Number of copies:
Region Of Interest: Edit
Pixel Size: ratio:
Edit
Polarity: normal
Input LUT:
Edit
Usertaste Gray:
Edit
Usertaste Color:
Edit
Edit
Magnification:
Edit
Kernel:
Edit
Trim:
Edit
Background Color: Grayscale
Edit
Empty Color: Gray: Grayscale
PostScript Requested page size: Width:
Height:
PostScript policy: pagesizeDependent
Resolution:
320
Annotation 1: Edit
Annotation 2: Edit
HOME HELP
S11.2
Reboot Device
S11.3
Ethernet
Current line properties: 100 Mbit Full-Duplex
Link partner (other side): : 100FD 100HD 10FD 10HD autonegotiation
Ethernet (MAC) address: 08:00:66:80:44:09
Setup: Type: UTP
MII address:
Auto negotiation, capabilities:
10 MBit Half Duplex
10 MBit Full Duplex
100 MBit Half Duplex
100 MBit Full Duplex
Fixed (no negotiation)
Mbit HALF DUPLEX
10
Counters:
Total Rx Packets
= 2056422
Total Rx ERROR Packets = 0
Total Tx Packets
= 196164
Defer Xmission Count
=0
Carrier Lost Count
=0
Out Of Window Collissions = 0
Collisions Count
=0
Excess Collisions Count = 0
Transmit FIFO underrun = 0
Receive FIFO overrun
=0
Warning: changes become active immediately !!!

Save settings to file (only enable this after a test)

OK
Factory Defaults
Clear Counters

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.7 / 9
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E

HOME HELP
Logging
Current Log File
S13
Show Log file
Set Log Levels
TaskLog
Level
ERROR
NipOpImage
ERROR
DCMPrintToPrintJob
PrintJobHandler
ERROR
ColorConvertOpImage
ERROR
PAGE
ERROR
DCMIBCodec
ERROR
DrawableRI
ERROR
ComposeOpImage
ERROR
CropOpImage
ERROR
TiledImage
ERROR
CMM
ERROR
LPD
ERROR
BorderOpImage
ERROR
PrintQueueEditor
ERROR
JobQueue
ERROR
JobProvider
ERROR
NipOpImage2
ERROR
AuthenticationManager
ERROR
QueueFactory
ERROR
VolatileTiledImage
ERROR
PrintQueue_Management ERROR
XML
ERROR
TranslateOpImage
ERROR
PFE
ERROR
PSCodec
ERROR
FontRI
ERROR
MfxPrinterInfoHandler
ERROR
Raster
ERROR
OverlayOpImage
ERROR
CFG
ERROR
DCMPrintSCP-0
ERROR
FontCache
ERROR
NipOpImage implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.

DCMPrintToPrintJob converts Dicom Printjob into printqueue job
PrintJobHandler is listener for jobavailable events and converts the available jobs in a bitmap for printing.
ColorConvertOpImage implements the conversion from one ColorSpace to another
'Page' calculates the position of imageboxes in a page
ComposeOpImage implements the operation to Compose multiple source images into one image
CropOpImage creates a new image out of the region of interest of the source image.
TiledImage transfers images to/from disk
CMM (Color Management Module) converts image data from one colorspace to another and manages colorspace data
Line Printer Daemon : A group of hosts requests services from a LPD running on a host. The services provided by the process are related to printing jobs.
BorderOpImage implements the border operation (e.g. trim)
This is the UI component of the printqueue (browser & keypad)
Non Persistent Queue. (Version : 2.03)
JobProvider is a printqueue consumer that publishes available jobs to the subscribers.
implements following operations: scaling/filtering, lookup and rotation.
Secure Access Management: Authentication Manager for accessing URLs and keypad menus
Starts the requested (or available) queue. (Version : 2.01)
Version 1.03 : Monitors the printqueue. Arrange communication between printqueue and several protocols.
The Printer Front End receives printjobs from a network (DICOM LPD) or any proprietary interface (MFRI, VSI) and composes a printable bitmap to be printed by the Printer Back End.
PSCodec (de)codes postscript/pdf files
Mfx is an Agfa communication protocol to interchange printer status messages
OverlayOpImage implements the operation to put an overlay above the source image.
CFG handles configuration issues such as profiles, browser GUI, ...
Dicom Print Service Class Provider on port 104 for DS5300 application.Handles incoming Dicom association requests for print services and prepares internal print jobs for them V5300
Configure the Logger

NO
Log to Console
NO
Log to File
Max number of log directories to keep
Max number of log pages (files) per directory
Timestamp in date format
YES
Add timestamp to console loggings
NO
Logging to Plog logbox at level
Submit
Factory Defaults
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 6

Chapter 3.7 / 10
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Difference Key-Operator and Service Command Session in SW Rel. 1.9

Service Menu
Key-Operator Menu
6
Welcome to this
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Calibration
1. Film Calibration
2. Therm. Head clean
1. Film Calibration
Go back
Go back
7.1
Welcome to this

1. Error Messages
2. Warning Messages
3. Repair history
4. Maintenance
Welcome to this

7.1
Go back
7.1
Welcome to this

1. Maintenance
2. Errors
3. Warnings
4. Repair history
5. Logging
Welcome to this

7.1
Go back
Go back
Go back
Welcome to this
Welcome to this

MAINTENANCE SETTINGS
Reset Item
Cycles to go Factory settings
4841
5000
Replace thermal head anti dust filter 24841
25000
62500
62500
Replace input film pickup rollers
39841
40000
Film calibration required
500
5000
Go back
Cycles Factory
to go settings
5000
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
25000
25000
25000
Y
N
Y
N
62500
62500
62500
Y
N
Y
N
4898
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
5000
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
5000
Y
N
Y
N
Accept Changes
Welcome to this
Key-Operator - Print image
Active Reset Item
Maintenance Action
5000
Discard Changes
5000
Current
settings
Reset Values
Welcome to this
5365_100_3701.cdr
Page 7
Service - Print image
1. Ktbwd2n.zip
2. smpte_kan.zip
3. smpte_l300.zip
4. smpte_lin.zip
5. tpa.zip
1. LinCheck.zip
2 .STI1.zip
3. STI2.zip
4. medical_image.zip
Go back
Go back

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.7 / 11
Repair and Service

DD+DIS150.05E
Service Menu
Key-Operator Menu
2.2
2.2
Welcome to this

Upper input tray
Normal
Back
Film view

Upper input tray
Normal
Back
Film view

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
Welcome to this

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C
Drystar DT2B
Lower input tray

Normal
Back
Film view

11x14"
14x14"
10x12"
Tag film type DT2B
Drystar DT2B
Drystar DT2C

Chapter 3.7 / 12
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Software releases, patches
Chapter 3.8:
List of contents
Software Release 1.8.0_C1 ....................................... 1
1.1
Supported features.................................................................. 1
1.2
Limitations ............................................................................... 1

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.8 / I
DD+DIS150.05E
Software releases, patches
Software Release 1.8.0_C1
1.1
Software Release 1.8.0_C1 is the first released Drystar 5302

software.
It was released 09/2005.
Supported features
All features as specified in the FRS (Functional Requirement Specifications),
i.e.
Printing diagnostic data according to the DICOM standard with a
resolution of 320dpi.
Printing on Drystar film material DT2B and DT2C.
Supporting film sizes 8x10", 10x14", 14x14", 11"x14" and 14"x17".
Support of the new thermal model TMML, commercial name "A#sharp".
1.2
Limitations
User Interface screens are only available in Dutch, English, French,
German, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish
language.
RF tag overrule functionality (printing with Dmax = 2.0 O.D.) not yet
implemented
Only Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher is usable as browser
application.
1.3
Known Problems
In case the Online Diagnosis detects that the Output Module is defective
and has to be exchanged, it does not display "MOD 06 - Please replace
module" but "E06 - Please replace module"
The Module pages in the Service Engineer Tools are not yet operational
In case a film jam happens with last film in a package, the printer does
not show "empty film tray" but continues printing with the "protective
cover", what leads to jam with the protective cover.
Automatic film calibration fails in case of a pending maintenance action.

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 3.8 / 1
Chapter 3.9
HEALTHCARE
Repair and Service
Imaging Services
FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5364 / 100/300
Please note
The Chapter FAQ, Edition 1, Revision 0, has been replaced by the separately
available Troubleshooting Guide, DD+DIS154.08E
Please download the Troubleshooting Guide from the GSO Library:
MEDNET GSO Hardcopy Dry Imagers Drystar 5302 Trouble shooting guide

08/2008 printed in Germany

eq_03-9_faq_e_template_v05
DD+DIS150.05E
Repair and Service

FAQ - Frequently Asked Questions

08/2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 3.9 / 2
DD+DIS150.05E
Reference and Overall Circuit Diagrams
List of Contents
1
Reference Diagrams ..................................................................1
1.1
Components Location ............................................................................... 1
Circuit Diagrams
Circuit Diagram Main Page (Diagram 1/7)
Lower Pickup Assembly (Diagram 2/7)
Lower Tray Assembly (Diagram 3/7)
Output Assembly (Diagram 4/7)
Pump & Valves Assembly (Diagram 5/7)
Upper Pickup Assembly (Diagram 6/7)
Upper Tray (Diagram 7/7)

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 4 / I
DD+DIS150.05E
Reference Diagrams
1.1
Components Location
Component
Name
CDM
Contactless Densitometer PCB
cdmLED
Component
Name
Refer to
Component
Name
Refer to
Figure 1
RF2
RF tag reader lower tray
Figure 1
S26
Vacuum sensor
Figure 1
Densitometer LED PCB
Figure 1
S1
Upper magazine empty detection
Figure 1
Themis3 PCB
CPU board. Operating System.
Figure 2
Devil PCB
Control Board: Input/Output and film

control
Figure 2
S2
Lower magazine empty detection
Figure 1
TPH
Thermal print head
Figure 1
E1
E label Devil CPU
--
S3
Transport roller open detection
Figure 1
V1
Vacuum valve upper magazine
Figure 1
E2
E label Output Module
--
S4
Input Sensor TPH
Figure 1
V2
Vacuum valve lower magazine
Figure 1
E3
E label Lower Pickup Module
--
S5
Output sensor TPH
Figure 1
E4
E label Power Supply
--
S6
Output rollers home position
Figure 1
E5
E label TPH module
--
S7
TPH home position
Figure 1
E6
E label 6 Display Module
--
S8
Top cover closed detection
Figure 1
E7
E label 7 Upper Pickup Module
--
S9
Print drum drive rotation detection
Figure 1
F1
Thermal Head fan
Figure 1
S10
Densitometer home position
Figure 1
F2
CPU cooling fan (E-box)
Figure 1
S11
Take over passed detection
Figure 1
Hard disk
Drive
Hard disk Drive 73 GB (or more)
Figure 1
S12
Overheat sensor
Figure 1
KEY6 PCB
Keypad module
Figure 2
S13
Input sensor TPH
Figure 1
M1
Drum motor
Figure 1
S14
Upper pickup home position
Figure 1
M2
Cam drive motor
Figure 1
S15
Upper pickup pickup position
Figure 1
M3
Suspension drive motor
Figure 1
S16
Lower pickup home position
Figure 1
M4
Output rollers motor
Figure 1
S17
Lower pickup pickup position
Figure 1
M5
CDM Motor
Figure 1
S18
Upper pickup passed position
Figure 1
M6
Upper Pickup motor
Figure 1
S19
Lower pickup passed position
Figure 1
M7
Lower Pickup motor
Figure 1
S20
Take over film transport detection
Figure 1
M8
Gear Box motor
Figure 1
S21
10" suspension position
Figure 1
M9
Vacuum pump
Figure 1
S22
Figure 1
OSB
Switch Board for TH resistors
Figure 2
S23
Jam clearance switch
Figure 1
Power Supply Power Supply
Figure 2
S24
Figure 1
RF1
Figure 1
S25
Output sensor
Figure 1
RF tag reader upper tray
Refer to

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 4 / 1
DD+DIS150.05E

M6 in Upper pickup tray
M7 in Lower pickup tray
CDM LED Board
S14 / S15 in Upper pickup tray

S16 / S17 in Lower pickup tray
S6
S25
CDM
S5
M4
S18 in Upper pickup tray
S19 in Lower pickup tray
F1
M5
S8
S10
S7
S13
S21
S22
M2
M3
S4
S 1 in upper tray
S2 in lower tray
V1
V2
M9
S26
S11
M1
S12
S20
S24
S9
M8
F2
S3
536604aa_1.cdr
RF1 in Upper Tray

RF2 in Lower Tray
Figure 1
Section 4 / 2
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Edition 1, Revison 0
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
Component
Name
CDM
Contactless Densitometer PCB
cdmLED
Component
Name
Refer to
Component
Name
Refer to
Figure 1
RF2
RF tag reader lower tray
Figure 1
S26
Vacuum sensor
Figure 1
Densitometer LED PCB
Figure 1
S1
Figure 1
Themis3 PCB
CPU board
Figure 2
Devil PCB
Control Board: Input/Output and

TPH control
Figure 2
S2
Figure 1
TPH
Thermal print head
Figure 1
E1
E label Devil CPU
--
S3
Figure 1
V1
Vacuum valve upper magazine
Figure 1
E2
E label Output Module
--
S4
Input Sensor TPH
Figure 1
V2
Vacuum valve lower magazine
Figure 1
E3
E label Lower Pickup Module
--
S5
Output sensor TPH
Figure 1
E4
E label Power Supply
--
S6
Figure 1
E5
E label TPH module
--
S7
TPH home position
Figure 1
E6
E label 6 Display Module
--
S8
Figure 1
E7
E label 7 Upper Pickup Module
--
S9
Print drum drive rotation detection
Figure 1
F1
Thermal Head fan
Figure 1
S10
Figure 1
F2
CPU cooling fan (E-box)
Figure 1
S11
Figure 1
Hard disk
Drive
Hard disk Drive 73 GB (or more)
Figure 1
S12
Overheat sensor
Figure 1
KEY6 PCB
Keypad module
Figure 2
S13
Input sensor TPH
Figure 1
M1
Drum motor
Figure 1
S14
Upper pickup home position
Figure 1
M2
Cam drive motor
Figure 1
S15
Upper pickup pickup position
Figure 1
M3
Suspension drive motor
Figure 1
S16
Lower pickup home position
Figure 1
M4
Output rollers motor
Figure 1
S17
Lower pickup pickup position
Figure 1
M5
CDM Motor
Figure 1
S18
Upper pickup passed position
Figure 1
M6
Upper Pickup motor
Figure 1
S19
Lower pickup passed position
Figure 1
M7
Lower Pickup motor
Figure 1
S20
Figure 1
M8
Gear Box motor
Figure 1
S21
Figure 1
M9
Vacuum pump
Figure 1
S22
Figure 1
OSB
Switch Board for TH resistors
Figure 2
S23
Jam clearance switch
Figure 1
Power Supply Power Supply
Figure 2
S24
Figure 1
RF1
Figure 1
S25
Output sensor
Figure 1
RF tag reader upper tray
Refer to

2005-09-09
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 4 / 3
DD+DIS150.05E
OSB
Power Supply
Devil
TPH
Themis
Key6
536604aa_2.cdr
Figure 2

Section 4 / 4
Drystar 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Edition 1, Revison 0
2005-09-09
A343882. THERMAL HEAD ASSY

A5
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S7
X
X
3
2
1
S4
3
2
1
BU3-EI
+XS5aXS5:3
+XS5aXS5:2
+XS5aXS5:1
RD
VT
BK
BK
VT
RD
BK
VT
RD
VT
VT
Thermal Print Head

*50/50
P325189
P1
+TPH
X
*50/50
BU50-IDC-1
3
2
1
BU3-EI
+XS5aXS5:6
+XS5aXS5:5
+XS5aXS5:4
RD
BK
*50/50
BU50-IDC-1
*50/50
P325189
P14
1/8
2/8
3/8
4/8
5/8
6/8
7/8
8/8
ST8-5240
DEV/P20:4
DEV/P20:5
4
5
DEV/P20:6
8
BU8-5102-N
BK
BK
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
YE
GN
VT
BK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
OSB/P1:7
22
OSB/P1:8
+XS4aXS4:6
+XS4aXS4:3
+XS4aXS4:4
+XS1aXS1:5
+XS1aXS1:3
+XS1aXS1:4
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
OSB/P1:2
OSB/P1:1
32
33
BU34-90142
RD WH BU
OG
YE
BU
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
BU
RD
P2
*40/40
P337808
key/P2
X
X
X
+DEV1
*40/40
BU40-IDC-1
*40/40
P333509
DEV/P8
*40/40
BU40-IDC-1
DISPLAY CABLE
P8
KEY
X
+DEV1
*68/68
ST2x34-AMPLIMITE
*68/68
P316661
DEV/P15
HD
ST1
BU
VT
BK
VT
BU
RD
OG
WH
BK
+XS3aXS3:6
+XS3aXS3:7
+XS3aXS3:10
+XS3aXS3:9
+XS3aXS3:8
+XS3aXS3:13
+XS3aXS3:11
+XS3aXS3:12
+XS3aXS3:14
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
BU16-90142
+XS3aXS3:4
+XS3aXS3:5
5
6
DEV/P9
P9
+12V
GND
-12V
GND
ODM_M_SEL_A_BF
ODM_M_SEL_B_BF
GND
ODM_I_SEL_A_BF
ODM_I_SEL_B_BF
GND
ODM_COUNT
ODM_BL_CTRL_BF
+5V
SDA
SCL
GND
ST16-90130
X
X
X
+DEV1
1
2
3
+XS3aXS3:1
+XS3aXS3:2
+XS3aXS3:3
BU
VT
YE
BK
WH
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
BK
BK
VT
BK
+XS5bXS5:8
+XS5bXS5:7
+XS3aXS3:20
+XS3aXS3:19
+XS3aXS3:18
+XS2aXS2:6
+XS2aXS2:5
+XS2aXS2:4
+XS2aXS2:2
+XS2aXS2:1
+XS2aXS2:3
+XS5bXS5:2
+XS5bXS5:1
+XS5bXS5:3
+XS3aXS3:16
+XS3aXS3:17
+XS3aXS3:15
+XS5bXS5:5
+XS5bXS5:4
+XS5bXS5:6
S7:3
S7:2
S7:1
DEV/P1:38
DEV/P1:37
+XS2aXS2:19
+XS3aXS3:22
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
BU40-90142
PS/P2:1
PS/P2:2
PS/P2:3
PS/P2:4
PS/P2:5
PS/P2:6
PS/P2:7
PS/P2:9
PS/P2:10
PS/P2:11
PS/P2:12
PS/P2:13
PS/P2:14
PS/P2:15
BN
BK
BK
BN
OG
BN
GY
GY
BK
BK
WH
BK
OG
BK
External RS232
Service Port
*50/50
P333247
ETH
External Ethernet
Connection
+XS10bXS10:5
+XS10bXS10:6
+XS10bXS10:3
+XS10bXS10:4
+XS10bXS10:1
+XS10bXS10:2
+XS4aXS4:2
+XS4aXS4:1
+XS1aXS1:2
+XS1aXS1:1
+XS13aXS13:5
+XS13aXS13:4
+XS13aXS13:7
+XS13aXS13:6
+XS12aXS12:1
+XS12aXS12:2
+XS12aXS12:3
+XS12aXS12:4
F2:1
F2:2
+XS1aXS1:14
28
+XS4aXS4:5
BK
BK
GY
BN
WH
BN
BU
BN
RD
BK
RD
BK
BU
RD
WH
YE
BU
RD
WH
YE
RD
BU
VT
/Lower_pickup.3F
XS4
9
X
/Pump_&_Valves_asm.2E
XS10
VT
BK
+XS1aXS1:9
OG
+XS1aXS1:7
RD
+XS1aXS1:8
WH
+XS1aXS1:10
31
32
33
34
BU34-90142
X
X
DEV/P20
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
DEV/P20:2
DEV/P20:1
M1:1
M1:4
M1:5
M1:8
F1:1
F1:2
+XS4aXS4:11
+XS4aXS4:13
+XS4aXS4:12
18
M2:4
20
M2:6
22
23
24
M2:5
M2:1
M2:2
26
+XS4aXS4:14
29
+XS1aXS1:6
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
BU40-90142
+XS4aXS4:7
+XS4aXS4:9
+XS4aXS4:10
+XS4aXS4:8
+XS1aXS1:12
+XS1aXS1:13
+XS1aXS1:11
S9:3
S9:2
S9:1
BK
BK
BK
GN
RD
BU
RD
BU
RD
BK
VT
/Pump_&_Valves_asm.4E
XS11
8
OG
BU
7
YE
RD
BK
VT
VT
OG
BK
WH
RD
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
X
X
DEV/P21
GND 1
DEV/P21:2
DIG_SENSOR12(CCP21) 2
DEV/P21:1
GND 3
+XS9aXS9:4
RFID_TXD_RS 4
+XS9aXS9:6
+5V 5
+XS9aXS9:5
RFID_RXD_RS 6
+XS9aXS9:7
GND
RFID_RST_RS 8
+XS9aXS9:8
GND 9 +XS7aXS7:4,+XS7aXS7:12
RFIDB_TXD_RS 10
+XS7aXS7:6
+5V (filtered) 11
+XS7aXS7:5
RFIDB_RXD_RS 12
+XS7aXS7:7
GND
RFIDB_RST_RS 14
+XS7aXS7:8
GND 15
+XS7aXS7:11
XX1 16
+XS8aXS8:10
DIG_SENSOR25 17
+XS8aXS8:5
CURR_DIG_SENSOR25 18
+XS8aXS8:4
VOS 19
+XS8aXS8:6
A_SPARE2
EL_SDA_LINE0
GND
EL_SCL_LINE0
+5V
GND
EL_SDA_LINE1
+5V
EL_SCL_LINE1
DIG_SENSOR15 29
+XS8aXS8:2
+XS8aXS8:1
VOS 31
+XS8aXS8:3
A_SPARE1
GND 33
+XS9aXS9:11
XX3 34
+XS9aXS9:12
+XS9aXS9:3
DIG_SENSOR26 36
+XS9aXS9:2
VOS 37
+XS9aXS9:1
+XS7aXS7:3
DIG_SENSOR27 39
+XS7aXS7:2
VOS 40
+XS7aXS7:1
ST40-90130
BU40-90142
BK
BK
BK
WH
RD
YE
GND
RFID_TXD_RS
+5V
RFID_RXD_RS
BU
BK, VT
WH
RD
YE
RFID_RST_RS
GND
RFIDB_TXD_RS
+5V (filtered)
RFIDB_RXD_RS
BU
BK
VT
VT
BK
RD
RFIDB_RST_RS
GND
XX1
DIG_SENSOR25
CURR_DIG_SENSOR25
VOS
/Upper_tray.4F
5
/Upper_tray.2F
A344550.
WIRE HARNESS ASSY (CASS ASM)
VT
BK
RD
DIG_SENSOR15
CURR_DIG_SENSOR15
VOS
BK
VT
BK
VT
RD
BK
VT
RD
/Upper_tray.2F
/Upper_tray.2F
GND
XX3
CURR_DIG_SENSOR26
DIG_SENSOR26
VOS
CURR_DIG_SENSOR27
DIG_SENSOR27
VOS
CF SLAVE
/Lower_tray.4F
/Upper_tray.4F
External Compact-Flash
Card Connection
A344554. TPH POWER CABLE
11/12
12/12
BU12-MICFITG
Thermal head
1/1
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
PS/P1
X
X
P1
X
+PS1
1
DEV/P11:1
2
DEV/P11:2
3
HD:4
4
DEV/P11:4
5
DEV/P11:5
6
HD:3
7
DEV/P11:7
8
DEV/P11:8
9
DEV/P11:9
10
DEV/P11:10
11
DEV/P11:11
12
DEV/P11:12
13
DEV/P11:13
14
DEV/P11:14
15
DEV/P11:15
16
DEV/P11:16
17
DEV/P11:17,HD:1
18
DEV/P11:18,HD:2
19
DEV/P11:19
20
DEV/P11:20
21
DEV/P11:21
22
DEV/P11:22
BU22-MINI-FIT-JR
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
VT
BK
BU
BU
BU
BK
BK
BK
VT
BK
YE, YE
BK, BK
WH
BK
GN
OG
Safety_Ground
X
X
CPU/Power supply control
Mains 100V .. 240V

50-60Hz
X
+PS1
1/3
2/3
3/3
Power Supply (ELE)

J
DATE
USER
APPR.
NORM
X
E
appliance_inlet
IEC 320/C14
OG
+XS4aXS4:7
RD
+XS4aXS4:8
BK
+XS4aXS4:9
WH
+XS4aXS4:10
CPU/Display power
X
X
PS1
A333840. POWER SUPPLY (ELE)
X
C
IFE#4
1
2
3
4
BU4-51021
eLabel pcb Address #4
2 x 15AF
A344179. RIVETED FRAME (FRA)
X
X
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
X
+PS
X
A5
X
3,3V (+/-5%) 4,5A

5V (+/-5%) 3A - 4A
+12V (+/-2%) 1,25A
-12V (+/-2%) 0,15A
24V (+/-5%) 4,0A
13 .. 27V (+/-5mV) 300W
Do not replace this fuse.1

Replace power supply instead.
1/12
2/12
3/12
4/12
5/12
6/12
7/12
8/12
9/12
10/12
11/12
12/12
P3
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
5VSENSE
5VSENSEN
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3
GND
GND
GND
3V3SENSE
3V3SENSEN
+12V
GND
-12V
GND
Power good
Power fail
P328352
1/12
2/12
3/12
4/12
5/12
6/12
7/12
8/12
PS/P3
Output 1:
Output 2:
Output 3:
Output 4:
Output 5:
Output 6:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
X
+PS1
X
+PS
P1
Do not replace this fuse.

Replace power supply instead.
A345482. ASSY GEAR BOX (VAL)
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
A339843.
13..27V (green)
Led on: Output 6 enabled
X
X
24V (green)
Led on: Output 5 OK.
X
X
X
Harddisk
A336045.0
HARDDISK 18GB
ULTRASTAR 73LZX
-12V (green)
BU3-EI-IDC
12V (green)
1
2
3
5V (green)
+XS12bXS12:10
+XS12bXS12:9
+XS12bXS12:8
1
2
3
3,3V (green)
S3
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S3
GY
BK
BK
WH
BK
OG
BK
GNYE
BN
BK
BK
BN
OG
BN
GY
X
X
PS/P2
RD
BK
VT
X
X
P2
DEV/P40:2
DEV/P40:1
PS CONTROL CABLE
1
REM_ONOFF+ 1
DEV/P15:1
2
REM_ONOFF- 2
DEV/P15:2
3
GND 3
DEV/P15:3
4
POWER_RESET_OC 4
DEV/P15:4
5 POWER_SHUTDOWN_OC 5
DEV/P15:5
6
IL 6
DEV/P15:6
7
P_24V 7
DEV/P15:7
8
Prot. earth
9
P_24V 9
DEV/P15:8
10
GND 10
DEV/P15:9
11
GND 11
DEV/P15:10
12
+5V 12
DEV/P15:11
13
RxD- 13
DEV/P15:12
14
TxD+ 14
DEV/P15:13
15
GND 15
DEV/P15:14
16
Prot. earth 16
Safety_Ground:1
ST16-MINI-FIT-JR
BU16-MINI-FIT-JR
Omron EE-SX4009-P1
Mates with receptacle
AMP EI 3 pos. IDC
X
X
Film transport motor
A340645.0
X
+PS1
WH
A344557. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (PS-DEV)
Overtemperature (red)
Led on: Overtemperature protection mode.
+XS12bXS12:3
DEV/P40
1
2
1
2
3
4
9
11p PH
YE
X
+Harddisk
X
X
+XS12bXS12:4
A347060. WIRE HARNESS ASSY

(GEAR BOX)
RD
BU
9
10
11
12
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
P15
X
+DEV1
X
X
YE
BK
BK
RD
PS/P1:17
PS/P1:18
PS/P1:6
PS/P1:3
BU55
BU1

X
X
1
2
3
4
4p disk drive
*68/68
ST2x34-AMPLIMITE
*68/68
P316661
BU3-EI
3
+12V
GND
GND
+5V
X
X
1
2
3
X
+Harddisk
1
2
3
SERVICE
P18
BU4-MICFITG1
YE
BK
RD
BK
BU
RD
WH
YE
BK
VT
RD
VT
BK
RD
BK
BK
+XS12bXS12:7
+XS12bXS12:5
+XS12bXS12:6
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S20
(Cassette)
POWER
X
+DEV1
P3
X
X
Key/P3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ST12-70107
CONTROL
X
X
S20
RD
BK
VT
I/O 2
X
+DEV1
X
Devil1
A342951. PCB Assembly devil
BL5
X
X
P13
SCSI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
BU12-70066
XS12
A3429150. HDD CABLE
M8:5
M8:3
M8:9
M8:7
S20:2
S20:3
S20:1
S3:3
S3:2
S3:1
+XS12bXS12:12
+XS12bXS12:11
XS12
X X
+XS12b
DEV/P13
DEV/P11:17
DEV/P11:18
DEV/P11:3
DEV/P11:6
DEV/P40:19
DEV/P40:20
DEV/P40:21
DEV/P40:22
DEV/P41:11
DEV/P41:12
DEV/P41:13
DEV/P41:14
DEV/P41:15
DEV/P41:16
DEV/P42:3
DEV/P42:5
BU
RD
WH
YE
BK
VT
RD
VT
BK
RD
BK
VT
A343217. SPRING EXTENSIONER (SUS)
Network activity.
Network connected.
High Speed Network activity (>100Mbit/s)
Software controllable LED.
IDE activity.
Disk activity controlled by PORTEX.
NTRAFFIC (yellow)
NGOOD_LINK (yellow)
100MBIT_SPEED (yellow)
IMGCTRL_0 (yellow)
IMGCTRL_1 (yellow)
IDE_DASP (yellow)
CP_ACT_LED (yellow)
+12V
GND
+5V
+12V
P337795
X
X
1
2
3
4
X
+KEY6
BU3-EI
X
X
X
KEY6
A337163.
BL10
D1
D2
D3
D4
D13
D16
D19
*8/8
P329731
E-box cooling fan
A344556.0
X
X
When lit, 3,3V Supply Voltage ok.

When lit, 5V Supply Voltage ok.
When lit, +24V Supply Voltage ok.
When lit, +12V Supply Voltage ok.
When lit, -12V Supply Voltage ok.
FPGA Configuration done.
When lit, FPGA is NOT configured --> ALARM.
P24
X
+KEY6
+3V3 (green)
+5V (green)
P_24V (green)
+12V (green)
-12V (green)
IMGCTRL_CONFDONE
(yellow)
D14 UP_LED0 (yellow)
D15 UP_LED1 (yellow)
D5
D18
D9
D10
D17
D12
X
+DEV1
1
2
3
P21
*11/11
ST9-32WLP-SMD
1
2
3
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S22
X
X
F2
X
A344567.0
GND
DIG_SENSOR20(CCP)
STEP_SINA
STEP_SINB
STEP_COSA
STEP_COSB
DC_OUTA1_F
DC_OUT1_F
VOS
DIG_SENSOR10
DIG_SENSOR1
GND
+5V
DC_ENC4
DC_OUTB3
DC_OUTA3
DC_ENC3
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
DC_ENC2
DC_OUTA2
DC_OUTB2
GND
DIG_SENSOR10
VOS
VOS
DIG_SENSOR19
CURR_DIG_SENSOR19
EL_SDA_LINE0
GND
EL_SCL_LINE0
+5V
DIG_SENSOR3
CURR_DIG_SENSOR3
VOS
DIG_SENSOR16
CURR_DIG_SENSOR16
VOS
ST40-90130
X
+DEV1
LED functions on VILIS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
X
X
I/O 6
X
X
S22
+XS13bXS13:8
+XS13bXS13:9
+XS13bXS13:10
I/O 1
P3
RD
BK
VT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
X
+DEV1
I/O 5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
+XS13bXS13:7
GND
DIG_SENSOR31(CCP40)
DC_OUTA12
DC_OUTB12
DC_OUTA11
DC_OUTB11
DC_OUTA10
DC_OUTB10
DC_OUTA9
DC_OUTB9
DC_OUTA8
DC_OUTB8
DC_OUTA7
DC_OUTB7
M3_A2
M3_A1
M3_B2
M3_B1
M8_A2
M8_A1
M8_B2
M8_B1
DC_OUTA6
DC_OUTB6
CURR_DIG_SENSOR3
GND
VOS
DIG_SENSOR24
CURR_DIG_SENSOR24
VOS
GND
EL_SDA_LINE1
+5V
EL_SCL_LINE1
ST34-90130
P20
P11
I/O 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
X
+DEV1
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
+12V
5VSENSE
5VSENSEN
+3V3
+3V3
+3V3
GND
GND
GND
3V3SENSE
3V3SENSEN
+12V
GND
-12V
GND
Power good
Power fail
P328352
+XS13bXS13:6
F2
Fan-F2
+XS13bXS13:5
Software controllable LED's.

V25 =2,5V for MPC107 Host Bridge and FPGA.
VCORE = CPU Core Voltage.
V33 =3,3V for most logic onboard.
VCC =5V for remaining logic.
Chip Select for PortX bus.
Chip Select for PortX bus.
FPGA Configuration done. When lit, FPGA is NOT configured --> ALARM.
CPU Bus Grant - indicates CPU activity on the Bus.
D1, D7, D10 (yellow)

D2 2,5V (green)
D3 VCORE (green)
D5 3,3V (green)
D8 +5V (green)
D4 CS1 (yellow)
D9 CS0 (yellow)
D6 FPGAconf. (red)
D11 CPU (yellow)
1
2
3
4
YE
ST2-EI
2 2
1 1
BU
+XS13bXS13:4
Key6
KH42KM2-851
Motor-M3
BU2-EI
RD
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
+XS13aXS13:11
A344567.0:2
A344567.0:1
X
X
VT
+XS12aXS12:12
+XS13aXS13:12
LED functions on Themis
DEV/P11
X
X
M3
VT
BK
DEVIL ONE
(Devil 3 run)
P42
1 GND
2 DIG_SENSOR32(CCP42)
3 DIG_SENSOR33
NC
5 DIG_SENSOR33
6 DIG_SENSOR34
VOS
8 DIG_SENSOR34
CURR_DIG_SENSOR34
VOS
CURR_DIG_SENSOR35
DIG_SENSOR35
VOS
DOG_SENSOR36
CURR_DIG_SENSOR36
VOS
DIG_SENSOR37
CURR_DIG_SENSOR37
VOS
DIG_SENSOR38
CURR_DIG_SENSOR38
VOS
NC
DIG_SENSOR39
CURR_DIG_SENSOR39
VOS
ST26-90130
Print drum drive
DEV/P40:24
DEV/P40:23

(SPRING EXT.)
1
2
3
DEV/P42:2
DEV/P42:1
+XS12aXS12:11
GND
1
DIG_SENSOR30(CCP21)
2
GND
3
XX2
4
DIG_SENSOR29
5
CURR_DIG_SENSOR29
6
VOS
7
DIG_SENSOR28
8
CURR_DIG_SENSOR28
9
VOS
10
CURR_DIG_SENSOR0
11
DIG_SENSOR0
12
VOS
13
DIG_SENSOR2
14
CURR_DIG_SENSOR2
15
VOS
16
SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I
17
SWITCH_FETA_ACT
18
SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I_GND19
GND
20
UP_SPARE3
21
SWITCH_FETB_ACT
22
UP_SPARE2
23
GND
24
DIG_SENSOR23
25
CURR_DIG_SENSOR23
26
VOS
27
DIG_SENSOR22
28
CURR_DIG_SENSOR22
29
VOS
30
UP_SPARE1
31
DIG_SENSOR14
32
CURR_DIG_SENSOR14
33
VOS
34
ST34-90130
X
+DEV1
DEV/P42
BU
RD
1
2
3
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S21
1
2
3
A344554. TPH POWER CABLE
+XS13bXS13:1
+XS13bXS13:2
+XS13bXS13:3
1
2
3
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S9
BU3-EI
X
X
S21
S9
DEV/P20:40
DEV/P20:39
DEV/P20:38
BK
BK
BK
X
X
X
X
X
X
+XS12bXS12:1
P40
P41
DEV/P41:2
DEV/P41:1
+XS11bXS11:1
+XS11bXS11:2
+XS13aXS13:10
+XS13aXS13:9
+XS13aXS13:8
+XS13aXS13:3
+XS13aXS13:2
+XS13aXS13:1
+XS12aXS12:5
+XS12aXS12:6
+XS12aXS12:7
+XS12aXS12:8
+XS12aXS12:9
+XS12aXS12:10
OSB/P1:10
OSB/P1:5
OSB/P1:9
OSB/P1:6
PS/P1:1
1
PS/P1:2
2
Key/P3:3
3
PS/P1:4
4
PS/P1:5
5
Key/P3:4
6
PS/P1:7
7
PS/P1:8
8
PS/P1:9
9
PS/P1:10
10
PS/P1:11
11
PS/P1:12
12
PS/P1:13
13
PS/P1:14
14
PS/P1:15
15
PS/P1:16
16
PS/P1:17,Key/P3:1
17
PS/P1:18,Key/P3:2
18
PS/P1:19
19
PS/P1:20
20
PS/P1:21
21
PS/P1:22
22
BU22-MINI-FIT-JR
DEV/P20:18
DEV/P20:22
DEV/P20:20
10
X
+DEV1
X
+DEV1
DEV/P41
/Upper_pickup.3F
XS1
RD
RD
RD
BK
BK
BK
VT
BK
BU
BU
BU
BK
BK
BK
VT
BK
YE, YE
BK, BK
WH
BK
GN
OG
4
5
6
ST6-EI
Suspension motor
+XS12bXS12:2
/Output_asm.3H
CDM
X
+DEV1
DEV/P20:23
DEV/P20:24
XS13
12
XS2 & XS3
I/O 4
X
X
1
2
M1
BU
X
X
M1
PK243-01A
Motor-M1
X
X
M1
DEV/P20:3
RD
BK
11p PH
1/1
6.3mm isolation (clear)
A344546. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (ENGINE)
X
+DEV1
REM_ONOFF+
REM_ONOFFGND
POWER_RESET_OC
POWER_SHUTDOWN_OC
IL
P_24V
P_24V
GND
GND
+5V
RxDTxD+
GND
ST14-MINI-FIT-JR
M2
WH
X
X
OSB/P3
BU
X X
+XS13a +XS13b
M8
S8/8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
X
X
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BU14-MINI-FIT-JR
1
2
3
4
5
6
RD
+XS2aXS2:9
BN
+XS2aXS2:10
RD
+XS2aXS2:7
BN
+XS2aXS2:8
BK
OG
RD
WH
BK
BN
P1
BK
VT
BN
BK
BU
BK
BK
GY
BU3-EI
+XS2aXS2:13
+XS2aXS2:11
+XS2aXS2:12
+XS2aXS2:14
S8/7:1
S8/8:1
DEV/P1
X
X
X
+DEV1
1/1
P316768
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
1/1
P3
X
+OSB1
X
X
OSB/P2
OSB/P1
DEV/P41:33
DEV/P41:32
1/1
P316768
P1
X
+OSB1
X
X
BU
RD
RD
BK
BU
OG
YE
BU
BK
BK
BN
BK
VT
BK
RD
VT
BK
RD
BK
VT
RD
VT
BK
RD
GY
BN
BK
BK
S27 obsolete
.1
X
X
RD
BK
VT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT)
P2
X
X
DEV/P20:8
DEV/P20:7
X
X
TPH home position
RD
VT
BK
X
X
RD
BK
VT
X
X
KH42KM2-851
Motor-M8
S8/7
TH
TPH positioning motor
X
X
11
GN
RD
X
X
PS/P3:11
PS/P3:12
TH/P1
P2
1 +5V
2 +5V common
X
+TPH
X
X
TH/P2
1/10
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
10/10
P3
X
+TPH
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
P316801
RING-TERM-2.5-3.6
1/1
1
2
3
4
X
+OSB1
XS6a:5
XS6a:4
XS6a:2
XS6a:1
X
X
Motor 24VDC
Motor-M2
RD
1
S21:1
BK
2
S21:2
VT
3
S21:3
RD
4
M3:3
BU
5
M3:5
YE
6
M3:7
WH
7
M3:9
RD
8
S22:1
BK
9
S22:2
VT
10
S22:3
BK
11
+XS13bXS13:12
BK
12
+XS13bXS13:11
BU12-70066
DEV/P1:26
DEV/P1:25
DEV/P1:27
DEV/P1:32
DEV/P1:31
DEV/P1:33
DEV/P1:15
DEV/P1:14
TPH DATA CABLE
DEV/P41:18
DEV/P41:20
DEV/P41:22
DEV/P41:24
DEV/P41:19
DEV/P41:17
A347112. OSB-HEATER CABLE
3
2
1
BK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
ST12-70107
X
S8
S13
X
X
XS13
DEV/P1:36
DEV/P1:35
DEV/P1:34
P6
OSB/P6
RD
RD
BU
BN
X
X
X
OSB1
A339406. OSB1 pcb
BL19
DEV/P41:10
DEV/P41:9
DEV/P41:8
DEV/P40:16
DEV/P40:15
DEV/P40:18
DEV/P40:17
DEV/P41:7
DEV/P41:6
DEV/P41:5
DEV/P42:8
DEV/P42:6
1
2
3
BU3-EI
RD
BK
VT
X
X
RD
BK
VT
RD
BU
YE
WH
RD
BK
VT
VT
BK
ST8-EI
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BU8-EI
Input sensor TPH
OSB1
X
+OSB1
X
X
BU4-MINI-FIT-JR
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
BK
VT
RD
BK
VT
RD
BK
VT
DEV/P14
X
X
Fan-F1
X
X
OS-5101-H
Sensor-S13
S4:1
S4:2
S4:3
S13:1
S13:2
S13:3
+XS5aXS5:8
+XS5aXS5:7
XS5
S7
1
2
3
A340530.0 NAIS AGX226

X (Matsushita)
X
X
1/1
6.3mm isolation (clear)
A345385. TH POWER CABLE
OSB/P6:4
OSB/P6:3
BN
BU
1
ST2-MINI-FIT-JR

(BRACKET)
XS5
A344555.0
F1
BU2-MINI-FIT-JR
2 2
A329002.1:2
1 1
A329002.1:1
BU
RD
A343030. S4 BRACKET ASM
M
A329002.1
X
F1
X
X
JST VH connector
156" board-in
crimp style 2pos.
TPH fan
10
JST VH connector
156" board-in
crimp style 10pos.
1 CURR_DIG_SENSOR14
1
2 DIG_SENSOR14
2
X
3
X
4
5 SWITCH_FETA_ACT
5
6 GND
6
7 SWITCH_FETB_ACT
7
8 GND
8
9 SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I_GND 9
10 SWITCH_FET_STATUS_I
10
BU10-90142
ST10-90130
XS6b
X
X
X
X
XS6a
RD
4 4
< open wire end >
RD
5 5
< open wire end >
ST5-MINI-FIT-JR BU5-MINI-FIT-JR
11
OSB/P6:2
OSB/P6:1
Sensor-S12:1
Sensor-S12:3
BN
BU
TH/P3
X
X
X
+TPH
X
A6
X
RD
RD
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
1
2
3
4
BU4-51021
1 1
2 2
+XS4aXS4:7
+XS4aXS4:8
+XS4aXS4:9
+XS4aXS4:10
A339844.
ST1
IFE#5
OG
RD
BK
WH
X
X
X
TPH
A000000. Thermal Head Assembly
BL11
1/10
2/10
3/10
4/10
5/10
6/10
7/10
8/10
9/10
10/10
1
2
Sensor-S12
X X
+XS5a +XS5b
Input sensor TPH
12
X
X
BU
X
X
X
+TPH
1
2
3
4
5
6
GND
EL_SDA_LINE1
+5V
EL_SCL_LINE1
P_24V
SAFETY_OK
P_24V
JAM_CLEAR
DC_OUTA5
DC_OUTB5
DC_OUTA4
DC_OUTB4
VOS
GND
GND
VOS
DIG_SENSOR5
CURR_DIG_SENSOR5
DIG_SENSOR7
CURR_DIG_SENSOR7
VOS
DIG_SENSOR18
CURR_DIG_SENSOR18
VOS
DIG_SENSOR17
CURR_DIG_SENSOR17
VOS
DIG_SENSOR6
CURR_DIG_SENSOR6
VOS
DIG_SENSOR21
CURR_DIG_SENSOR21
VOS
DIG_SENSOR4
CURR_DIG_SENSOR4
VOS
DIG_SENSOR13
GND
DIG_SENSOR9
GND
ST40-90130
BN
A340419.
CABLED HEATER FOIL (ELE)
X
X
Overheat
sensor
X
X
OS-5101-H
Sensor-S4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
General Circuit Diagram
27/11/2003
NAME
Drystar
5302
WIRING DIAGRAM DS5302
L.Tibos
Type
5363/100
MAIN PAGE
Sheet name:
Section 4,Project
Part 2
Diagram 1/7
5366
/ 100
WIRING_DIAGRAM
X
X
X
L.Tibos
Agfa
Company
Confidential
IDX
Change-NR
DATE
NAMEF
F1006049.1
Replacement for
2005-09-09
Sheet 2
of
8 SH
A
X
+A2
+
-
+M7
M7
M6-M7
1/2
2/2
BU2-MODU_II
1
+XS4XS1-XS4:1
2
+XS4XS1-XS4:2
ST2-MODU_II
RD
BK
B
Last
Circuit
4
First Circuit2
X
+XS4 +XS4a
X
+A2
S16/S17
S14/S15-S16/S17
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
BU4-MODU_II
X
X
X
A2
A334505. FILM PICK-UP ASSY
RD
BK
BK
RD
VT
BU
OG
RD
BK
WH
WH
GN
BK, BN
BK
+S16/S17
1
2
3
4
ST4-MODU_II
+XS4XS1-XS4:3
+XS4XS1-XS4:4
+XS4XS1-XS4:5
+XS4XS1-XS4:6
BK
RD
VT
BU
A344549. PICKUP CABLE
Pickup Assembly
3
1
2
+S16/S17S14/S15-S16/S17:1
3
+S16/S17S14/S15-S16/S17:2
4
+S16/S17S14/S15-S16/S17:3
5
+S16/S17S14/S15-S16/S17:4
6
+Lower_PUIFE:1
7
+Lower_PUIFE:2
8
+Lower_PUIFE:3
9
+Lower_PUIFE:4
10
+S19S18-S19:1
11
+S19S18-S19:3
12
+XS4XS1-XS4:14,+S19S18-S19:2 13
+XS4XS1-XS4:13
14
BU14-MINI-FIT
XS4
1
DEV/P40:12
2
DEV/P40:11
3
DEV/P41:26
4
DEV/P41:27
5
DEV/P40:28
6
DEV/P41:25
7
DEV/P20:31,IFE#4:1,IFE#5:1
8
DEV/P20:34,IFE#4:2,IFE#5:2
9
DEV/P20:32,IFE#4:3,IFE#5:3
10
DEV/P20:33,IFE#4:4,IFE#5:4
11
DEV/P20:9
12
DEV/P20:11
13
DEV/P20:10
14
DEV/P20:26
ST14-MINI-FIT
BK
RD
BK
RD
VT
VT
OG, OG, OG
RD, RD, RD
BK, BK, BK
WH, WH, WH
RD
VT
BK
VT
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.4P
Drawer Connector
X
X
X
X
X
A3
A339838.
BL9
XS1-XS4
+M7M6-M7:1
+M7M6-M7:2
+Lower_PU
IFE
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
1
+XS4XS1-XS4:7
2
+XS4XS1-XS4:8
3
+XS4XS1-XS4:9
4
+XS4XS1-XS4:10
BU4-51021
OG
RD
BK
WH
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S19
X
+S19
1
2
3
S18-S19
1
2
3
BU3-EI
+XS4XS1-XS4:11
+XS4XS1-XS4:13
+XS4XS1-XS4:12
WH
BN
GN
Lower Pickup passed detection
1
X
X
X
General
Circuit Diagram
A343429. ASSY LOWER PICK-UP

A
DATE
USER
APPR.
NORM
NAME 5302
Drystar
LOWER PICKUP ASM
Section 4, Project
Part 2
Diagram 2/7
5366
27/11/2003TypeX 5363/100
Sheet name:
/ 100
Lower_pickup

X
X
AgfaIDX Company
Confidential
Change-NR
DATE
NAME
F1006049.1
2005-09-09
Replacement for
Sheet 3
of
8 SH
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S2
ST1
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
ST5-MO53261-SMD
1
2
3
X
+RF1
X
A6
A335868.
BL6
S1-S2
1
2
3
BU3-EI
+XS9XS7-XS9:1
+XS9XS7-XS9:3
+XS9XS7-XS9:2
RF/ST1
+XS9XS7-XS9:4
+XS9XS7-XS9:5
+XS9XS7-XS9:6
+XS9XS7-XS9:7
+XS9XS7-XS9:8
X
+XS9
RD
VT
BK
BK
RD
WH
YE
BU
X
X
BK
BK
BK
RD
WH
YE
BU
A344547. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (TRAY)
RFID-TAG READER (PU)
RD
BK
VT
X
+RF1
1
2
3
4
5
BU5-51021
X
+S2
X
+RF1
X
+XS9a
XS7-XS9
+S2S1-S2:1
+S2S1-S2:3
+S2S1-S2:2
+RF1RF/ST1:1
+RF1RF/ST1:2
+RF1RF/ST1:3
+RF1RF/ST1:4
+RF1RF/ST1:5
X
X
+XS9XS7-XS9:12
+XS9XS7-XS9:11
XS9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
BU12-70066
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
BU12-70066
DEV/P21:37
DEV/P21:36
DEV/P21:35
DEV/P21:3
DEV/P21:5
DEV/P21:4
DEV/P21:6
DEV/P21:8
X
X
DEV/P21:33
DEV/P21:34
RD
VT
BK
BK
RD
WH
YE
BU
X
X
BK
VT
VOS
DIG_SENSOR26
CURR_DIG_SENSOR26
GND
+5V
RFID_TXD_RS
RFID_RXD_RS
RFID_RST_RS
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
GND
XX3
A344550.
Connection between assemblies:

Mlx 70066 Receptacle Housing
Mates with Mlx 73099 Drawer connector.
1
X
X
X
General
Circuit Diagram
A347152. LOWER TRAY ASM

A
DATE
USER
APPR.
NORM
NAME 5302
Drystar
LOWER TRAY ASM
Section 4, Part
Project2
Diagram 3/7
5366
27/11/2003Type X5363/100
Sheet name:
/ 100
Lower_tray

X
X
AgfaIDXCompany
Confidential
Change-NR
DATE
NAME
F1006049.1
2005-09-09
Replacement for
Sheet 4
of
8 SH
+output
OS-5101-H
S5
X
X
3
2
1
S5
3
2
1
BU3-EI
+XS2bXS2:3
+XS2bXS2:2
+XS2bXS2:1
RD
VT
BK
6
+output
EE-SX4009-P1
S6
Output sensor TPH
X
1
2
3
S6
1
2
3
BU3-EI
+XS2bXS2:4
+XS2bXS2:5
+XS2bXS2:6
RD
BK
VT
+output
Cabled motor 18VDC
M5
+output
Cabled motor 18VDC
M4
+XS2b +XS2a
X
X
RD
BU
1
2
M4
1
2
ST2-EI
+XS2bXS2:7
+XS2bXS2:8
Exit roller motor
RD
BN
M5
1
2
1
2
ST2-EI
BK
VT
RD
RD
BK
VT
RD
BN
RD
BN
OG
RD
BK
WH
RD
+XS2bXS2:9
BN
+XS2bXS2:10
Densitometer motor
A339841.
X
+output
ST1
X
+output
X
A4
X
RD
BU
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
+output
IFE
1
2
3
4
BU4-51021
OG
+XS2bXS2:11
RD
+XS2bXS2:12
BK
+XS2bXS2:13
WH
+XS2bXS2:14
XS2
S5:1
S5:2
S5:3
S6:1
S6:2
S6:3
M4:1
M4:2
M5:1
M5:2
+outputIFE:1
+outputIFE:2
+outputIFE:3
+outputIFE:4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
XS2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
DEV/P1:23
DEV/P1:22
DEV/P1:24
DEV/P1:21
DEV/P1:20
DEV/P1:19
DEV/P1:11
DEV/P1:12
DEV/P1:9
DEV/P1:10
DEV/P1:2
DEV/P1:3
DEV/P1:1
DEV/P1:4
BK
VT
RD
RD
BK
VT
RD
BN
RD
BN
OG
RD
BK
WH
A344552. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM)

BK
BK
+XS2bXS2:19
+XS2bXS2:18
18 18
19 19
BU19-70066 ST19-70107
VT
+XS3aXS3:21
VT
DEV/P1:39
4
X
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.2P
A344551. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT)
X
+CDM
P1
1/14
2/14
3/14
4/14
5/14
6/14
7/14
8/14
9/14
10/14
11/14
12/14
13/14
14/14
ST14-MO53261-SMD
X
+CDM
P2
cdm pcb
X
X
X
CDM
X
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
X
+CDM-LED
P1
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
+output
+XS3b +XS3a
P1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
BU14-51021
+XS3bXS3:1
+XS3bXS3:2
+XS3bXS3:3
+XS3bXS3:4
+XS3bXS3:5
+XS3bXS3:6
+XS3bXS3:7
+XS3bXS3:8
+XS3bXS3:9
+XS3bXS3:10
+XS3bXS3:11
+XS3bXS3:12
+XS3bXS3:13
+XS3bXS3:14
YE
BK
WH
BU
VT
BU
VT
BU
VT
BK
OG
WH
RD
BK
A344553. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (OUTPUT ASM)
+output
P2
1
2
3
4
BU4-51021
YE
BK
WH
BU
VT
BU
VT
BU
VT
BK
OG
WH
RD
BK
RD
VT
BK
BK
VT
RD
BK
BK
YE
+outputLED/P1:1
BU
+outputLED/P1:2
BK
+outputLED/P1:3
WH
+outputLED/P1:4
+output asm
EE-SX670
Sensor-S10
X
X
1
2
L
3
4
S10
1
+XS3bXS3:15
3
4
BU4-EE-1001
RD
XS3
+outputP1:1
+outputP1:2
+outputP1:3
+outputP1:4
+outputP1:5
+outputP1:6
+outputP1:7
+outputP1:8
+outputP1:9
+outputP1:10
+outputP1:11
+outputP1:12
+outputP1:13
+outputP1:14
S10:1
S10:3
S10:4
S25:1
S25:2
S25:3
+XS3bXS3:22
+XS3bXS3:21
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
BU22-70066
XS3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
ST22-70107
YE
BK
WH
BU
VT
BU
VT
BU
VT
BK
OG
WH
RD
BK
RD
VT
BK
BK
VT
RD
VT
BK
.1
Connection adjustment
on XS3 pin pos. 15 .. 17
VT
+XS3bXS3:16
BK
+XS3bXS3:17
X
+output
LED/P1
1
2
3
4
BU4-51021
YE
+outputP2:1
BU
+outputP2:2
BK
+outputP2:3
WH
+outputP2:4
+output asm
OS-5101-H
Sensor-S25
Xcdm-led pcb
X
X
CDM-LED
X
BL15
X
X
3
2
1
S25
3
2
1
BU3-EI
RD
+XS3bXS3:20
VT
+XS3bXS3:19
BK
+XS3bXS3:18
Output sensor
Drystar 5302
Type 5363/100

1
A343179. OUTPUT ASM

A
DEV/P9:1
DEV/P9:2
DEV/P9:3
DEV/P9:5
DEV/P9:6
DEV/P9:8
DEV/P9:9
DEV/P9:12
DEV/P9:11
DEV/P9:10
DEV/P9:14
DEV/P9:15
DEV/P9:13
DEV/P9:16
DEV/P1:30
DEV/P1:28
DEV/P1:29
DEV/P1:18
DEV/P1:17
DEV/P1:16
+XS2aXS2:18
DEV/P1:40
USER
APPR.
Section 4, Part 2
Diagram 4/7
DATE
NAME
28/11/2003
L.Tibos

OUTPUT ASM
Project
5366
Sheet name:
Output_asm
X
NORM
X
X document
X
Printed
copies
of this
are
not controlled.
The reader should always refer toX MedNet
to ensure
that they
are working with the latest copy of the document.
X
X
X
B
Agfa
Company ConfidentialF
E
IDX
Change-NR
DATE
X
2005-09-09
NAME
F1006049.1
Replacement for
/ 100
Sheet 5
of
8 SH
X
X
S26
X X
+XS11a +XS11b
Vacuum Switch
BN
BK
XS11
S26:1
S26:3
XS11
1 1
2 2
ST2-MINI-FIT-JR BU2-MINI-FIT-JR
DEV/P41:3
DEV/P41:4
BN
BK
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.5P
X
X
M9
rd
3
bk
Vacuum pump
X X
+XS10a +XS10b
RD
BK
BK
BK
BK
BK
X
X
XS10
1
2
3
4
5
6
ST6-MINI-FIT-JR
A337916. PUMP & VALVES ASSY CABLE
X
V1
XS10
M9:rd
M9:bk
V1:1
V1:2
V2:1
V2:2
1
DEV/P40:9
2
DEV/P40:10
3
DEV/P40:7
4
DEV/P40:8
5
DEV/P40:5
6
DEV/P40:6
BU6-MINI-FIT-JR
BU
BN
WH
BN
GY
BN
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.4P
Upper magazine vacuum valve

2
X
X
X
V2
Lower magazine vacuum valve
1
X
USER
APPR.
NORM
A329746. PUMP & VALVES ASM

A
DATE
NAME 5302
Drystar
Section 4, Project
Part 2
Diagram 5/7
5366
28/11/2003TypeX 5363/100
PUMP & VALVES ASM

Sheet name:
/ 100
Pump_&_Valves_asm
X
X
X
Agfa
IDX Company
Change-NR Confidential
DATE
NAME
F1006049.1
2005-09-09
Replacement for
Sheet 6
of
8 SH
A
X
X
+
-
BU-M6
1/2
2/2
BU2-MODU_II
X
+M6
M6-M7
RD
BK
1
+XS1XS1-XS4:1
2
+XS1XS1-XS4:2
ST2-MODU_II
Last
Circuit
4
First Circuit2
X X
+XS1 +XS1a
X
X
BU-S14/S15
X
X
X
A1
A334505. FILM PICK-UP ASSY
BL1
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
BU4-MODU_II
X
+S14/S15
S14/S15-S16/S17
1
2
3
4
ST4-MODU_II
BK
RD
VT
VT
+XS1XS1-XS4:3
+XS1XS1-XS4:4
+XS1XS1-XS4:5
+XS1XS1-XS4:6
RD
BK
BK
RD
VT
VT
OG
RD
BK
WH
WH
GN
BK, BN
BK
A334549. PICKUP CABLE
Pickup Assembly
XS1-XS4
+M6M6-M7:1
+M6M6-M7:2
3
X
+upper pick-up
ST1
X
+upper pick-up
X
A2
A339838.
BL2
1/4
2/4
3/4
4/4
ST4-MO53261-SMD
XS1
1
2
+S14/S15S14/S15-S16/S17:1
3
+S14/S15S14/S15-S16/S17:2
4
+S14/S15S14/S15-S16/S17:3
5
+S14/S15S14/S15-S16/S17:4
6
+Upper_PUIFE:1
7
+Upper_PUIFE:2
8
+Upper_PUIFE:3
9
+Upper_PUIFE:4
10
+S18S18-S19:1
11
+S18S18-S19:3
12
+XS1XS1-XS4:14,+S18S18-S19:2 13
+XS1XS1-XS4:13
14
BU14-MINI-FIT
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
ST14-MINI-FIT
DEV/P40:14
DEV/P40:13
DEV/P41:29
DEV/P41:30
DEV/P41:28
DEV/P20:29
DEV/P40:32
DEV/P40:33
DEV/P40:31
DEV/P40:34
DEV/P20:37
DEV/P20:35
DEV/P20:36
DEV/P40:25
BK
RD
BK
RD
VT
VT
OG
RD
BK
WH
RD
VT
BK
VT
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.3P
Drawer Connector
X
+Upper_PU
IFE
1
+XS1XS1-XS4:7
2
+XS1XS1-XS4:8
3
+XS1XS1-XS4:9
4
+XS1XS1-XS4:10
BU4-51021
OG
RD
BK
WH
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S18
X
+S18
1
2
3
S18-S19
1
2
3
BU3-EI
+XS1XS1-XS4:11
+XS1XS1-XS4:13
+XS1XS1-XS4:12
WH
BN
GN
Upper Pickup passed detection
1
X
X
X
General
Circuit Diagram
A342999. ASSY Upper Pick-up

A
DATE
USER
APPR.
NORM
NAME 5302
Drystar
Section 4, Part
Project2
Diagram 6/7
5366
18/11/2003Type X5363/100
UPPER PICKUP ASM

Sheet name:
/ 100
Upper_pickup

X
X
AgfaIDXCompany
DATE
NAME
F1006049.1
2005-09-09
Replacement for
Sheet 7
of
8 SH
C
X
X
EE-SX4009-P1
Sensor-S1
X
+S1
1
2
3
S1-S2
1
2
3
BU3-EI
+XS7XS7-XS9:1
+XS7XS7-XS9:3
+XS7XS7-XS9:2
RD
BK
VT

4
A335868.
X
+RF2
ST1
1/5
2/5
3/5
4/5
5/5
ST5-MO53261-SMD
X
+RF2
X
A3
X
BL3
X
+XS7
RD
VT
BK
BK
RD
WH
YE
BU
X
X
BK
BK
X
+RF2
RF/ST1
1
2
3
4
5
BU5-51021
+XS7XS7-XS9:4
+XS7XS7-XS9:5
+XS7XS7-XS9:6
+XS7XS7-XS9:7
+XS7XS7-XS9:8
BK
RD
WH
YE
BU
A344547. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (TRAY)
RFID-TAG READER (PU)
X
+XS7a
XS7-XS9
+S1S1-S2:1
+S1S1-S2:3
+S1S1-S2:2
+RF2RF/ST1:1
+RF2RF/ST1:2
+RF2RF/ST1:3
+RF2RF/ST1:4
+RF2RF/ST1:5
X
X
+XS7XS7-XS9:12
+XS7XS7-XS9:11
XS7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
BU12-70066
RD
VT
BK
BK
RD
WH
YE
BU
X
X
BK
VT, VT
1
DEV/P21:40
2
DEV/P21:39
3
DEV/P21:38
4
DEV/P21:9
5
DEV/P21:11
6
DEV/P21:10
7
DEV/P21:12
8
DEV/P21:14
9
X
10
X
11
DEV/P21:15
12
DEV/P21:9,+XS8aXS8:9
BU12-70066
VOS
DIG_SENSOR27
CURR_DIG_SENSOR27
GND
+5V (filtered)
RFIDB_TXD_RS
RFIDB_RXD_RS
RFIDB_RST_RS
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.8O
GND
Connection between assemblies:

Mlx 70066 Receptacle Housing
Mates with Mlx 73099 Drawer connector.
X
X
OS-5101-H
Sensor-S11
X
+XS8b
BK
VT
RD
BK
VT
RD
X
X
BK
BK
X
X
3
2
1
S11
3
2
1
BU3-EI
+XS8bXS8:3
+XS8bXS8:2
+XS8bXS8:1
RD
VT
BK
A344548. WIRE HARNESS ASSY (TRAY DET)
X
X
OS-5101-H
Sensor-S24
X
+XS8a
XS8
S11:1
S11:2
S11:3
S24:1
S24:2
S24:3
X
X
+XS8bXS8:10
+XS8bXS8:9
XS8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BU10-70066
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
BU10-70066
BK
VT
RD
BK
VT
RD
X
X
VT
VT
DEV/P21:30
DEV/P21:29
DEV/P21:31
DEV/P21:18
DEV/P21:17
DEV/P21:19
X
X
+XS7aXS7:12
DEV/P21:16
CURR_DIG_SENSOR15
DIG_SENSOR15
VOS
CURR_DIG_SENSOR25
DIG_SENSOR25
VOS
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.9O
/WIRING_DIAGRAM.8O
XX1
A344550.
X
X
3
2
1
S24
3
2
1
BU3-EI
+XS8bXS8:6
+XS8bXS8:5
+XS8bXS8:4
RD
VT
BK

1
X
USER
APPR.
NORM
A347151. UPPER TRAY ASM

A
DATE
NAME5302
Drystar
Section 4, Part
Project2
Diagram 7/7
5366
18/11/2003
Type X5363/100
UPPER TRAY ASM

Sheet name:
/ 100
Upper_tray
X
X
X
AgfaIDXCompany
DATE
NAME
F1006049.1
2005-09-09
Replacement for
Sheet 8
of
8 SH
Spare Parts List

Document No: DD+DIS050.05M
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
5366_chap05_title_m.CDR
Internal update: 3

spare_parts_e_template_v07
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Manufacturer
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1) Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document
(see MEDNET GSO => General Info => Agfa HealthCare => Publications =>
Service Manual) prior to attempting any operation, repair or maintenance task on
the equipment.
(2) Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
WARNING:
Hazards may be introduced because of component failure or improper
operation.
INSTRUCTION:
Replace defective parts with Agfa HealthCare original spare parts.

Use only tools and measuring instruments which are suitable for the procedure.
Only approved Agfa HealthCare accessories must be used. For a list of
compatible accessories contact your local Agfa HealthCare organization or
www.agfa.com
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Chapter 5 / 2
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Document History
Edition,
Revision
Release
Date
Changes compared to previous version 1.0
1.1
03-2008
Spare Parts List completely revised

RoHS compliant Spare Parts added and marked
Contact
Spare Parts ordering
Europe
[email protected]
Overseas
[email protected]
Spare Parts returns

Worldwide
[email protected]
NOTE:
For Recycling Information please refer to:
http://intra.agfanet/cd/ep/ehs.nsf

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Chapter 5 / 3
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Contents
VERKLEIDUNG
COVERS
REVETEMET
PAGES 6 - 7
LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
POWER UNIT
MODULE DE PUISSANCE
PAGES 14 - 15
ANTRIEB LINKS
DRIVE LEFT
ENTRAINEMENT GAUCHE
PAGES 10 - 11
ANTRIEB
DRIVE
ENTRAINEMENT
PAGES 8 - 9
ANTRIEB / LEISTUNGSEINHEIT
DRIVE / POWER UNIT
ENTRAINEMENT / MODULE DE PUISSANCE
PAGES 12 - 13
Drystar 5302 printers with SN>10.000 are RoHS compliant.
For those printers only use RoHS compliant Spare Parts.
For Drystar 5302 printers with SN<10.000
Non-RoHs conformed Spare Parts can be used till end of stock
as well as RoHS compliant Spare Parts.
5366_chap05_index_m.CDR

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Chapter 5 / 4
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
How to navigate the spare parts list online with the

Acrobat Reader
(1)
(2)
Open Bookmarks
(3)
(4)
See overview of the modules
(5)
Appropriate page opens
(6)
Click on green arrow to
Click on "CONTENTS"
Click on requested module
navigate back to the overview

of the modules

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Chapter 5 / 5
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
04*
06*
05*
04*
05*
03
(MOD 01)
05*
01
(MOD 10)
07*
02
(MOD 02)

5366_chap05_01_m.CDR
COVERS
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 6
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Pos. no. Nr. de Ref.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3433741
TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 10)

KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 10)
CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR (ROHS) (MOD 10)
CM+3433363
TASTATUR / ANZEIGEMODUL (MOD 10) - BIS FN9.999

KEYPAD / DISPLAY MODULE (MOD 10) - UP TO SN9.999
CLAVIER / MODULE AFFICHEUR (MOD 10) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492662
UNTERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)

LOWER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
RCEPTACLE EN TLE EN BAS W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 02)
CM+3492671
OBERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (MOD 01) - BIS FN9.999

UPPER TRAY W/O TAG (MOD 01) - UP TO SN9.999
RCEPTACLE EN TLE EN HAUT W/O TAG (MOD 01) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492672
OBERE ABLAGE W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)

UPPER TRAY W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
RCEPTACLE EN TLE EN HAUT W/O TAG (ROHS) (MOD 01)
CM+3492812
OBERE & HINTERE OBERE ABDECKUNG (ROHS)

TOP COVER & REAR TOP COVER ASSY (ROHS)
COUVERCLE EN HAUT (ROHS)
CM+3492822
LINKE, RECHTE & VORDERE ABDECKUNG (ROHS)

LEFT, RIGHT & FRONT COVER (ROHS)
COUVERCLE AVANT, GAUCHE & DROIT (ROHS)
CM+3492831
FILMAUSGABE (ROHS)
OUTPUT TRAY (ROHS)
RECEPTACLE FILM (ROHS)
CM+3492840
HANDGRIFFE - BIS FN9.999

HAND GRIPS - UP TO SN9.999
POIGNE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492841
HANDGRIFFE (ROHS)
HAND GRIPS (ROHS)
POIGNE (ROHS)
=Assembly
D =Standard part. For order please refer to the separate spare parts list for standard parts "DD+DIS011.93M"
* =No wearing part.
COVERS
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 7
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
03
(MOD 16)
04
01
(MOD 06)
08
09
(MOD 11)
02
(MOD 03)
02
(MOD 04)

06
(MOD 13)
07
05
(MOD 14)

DRIVE
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 8
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3492723
AUSGABEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 06)

OUTPUT MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 06)
MODULE DE SORTIE (ROHS) (MOD 06)
CM+3492685
AUFNAHMEMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 03,04)

PICK UP MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 03,04)
MODULE DE RECEPTION (ROHS) (MOD 03,04)
CM+3492731
TPH KHLGEBLSE (MOD 16) - BIS FN9.999

TPH COOLING FAN (MOD 16) - UP TO SN9.999
VENTILATEUR THP (MOD 16) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492732
TPH KHLGEBLSE (ROHS) (MOD 16)

TPH COOLING FAN (ROHS) (MOD 16)
VENTILATEUR THP (ROHS) (MOD 16)
CM+3433501
MODUL 'TPH FILTER' (ROHS)

TPH FILTER MODULE (ROHS)
MODULE FILTRE TPH (ROHS)
CM+3492693
GETRIEBE & RIEMEN (MOD 14) - BIS FN9.999

GEAR BOX & BELT (MOD 14) - UP TO SN9.999
ENGRENAGE & COURROIE (MOD 14) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492694
GETRIEBE & RIEMEN (ROHS) (MOD 14)

GEAR BOX & BELT (ROHS) (MOD 14)
ENGRENAGE & COURROIE (ROHS) (MOD 14)
CM+3492761
NOCKENWELLENANTRIEBSMODUL (MOD 13) - BIS FN9.999

CAM DRIVE MODUL (MOD 13) - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE D'ENTRAINENMENT (MOD 13) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492762
NOCKENWELLENANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 13)

CAM DRIVE MODUL (ROHS) (MOD 13)
MODULE D'ENTRAINENMENT (ROHS) (MOD 13)
CM+3492872
TPH FLACHKABEL (ROHS)

TPH FLAT CABLE (ROHS)
CABLE PLAT TPH (ROHS)
CM+3097371
FILMSENSOR (ROHS) - (S5)

FILM SENSOR (ROHS) - (S5)
DETECTEUR FILM (ROHS) - (S5)
CM+3492801
EINGABESENSORMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 11)

INPUT SENSOR MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 11)
MODULE CAPTEURS D'ENTREE (ROHS) (MOD 11)
=Assembly
* =No wearing part.
DRIVE
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 9
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
03
04
07
05
(MOD 15)
01
(MOD 17)
02
(MOD 07)
06

DRIVE LEFT
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 10
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3392172
PUMPEN- UND VENTILBAUGRUPPE (ROHS) (MOD 17)

PUMP & VALVES ASSY (ROHS) (MOD 17)
ENSEMBLE POMPES ET VALVES (ROHS) (MOD 17)
CM+3492701
WALZENANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 07)

DRUM DRIVE MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 07)
MODULE D'ENTRAINEMENT DU CYLINDRE (ROHS) (MOD 07)
CM+3492710
DRUCKTROMMEL - BIS FN9.999

PRINT DRUM MODULE - UP TO SN9.999
TAMBOUR D'IMPRESSION - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492711
DRUCKTROMMEL (ROHS)
PRINT DRUM MODULE (ROHS)
TAMBOUR D'IMPRESSION (ROHS)
CM+3433521
HAUPTANTRIEBSRAD & WALZENANTRIEBSRIEMEN (ROHS)

MAIN DRIVE PULLEY & DRUM BELT (ROHS)
ROUE D'ENTRAINEMENT &COURROIES D'ENTRAINEMENT DU TAMBOUR (ROHS)
CM+3433520
HAUPTANTRIEBSRAD & WALZENANTRIEBSRIEMEN - BIS FN9.999

MAIN DRIVE PULLEY & DRUM BELT - UP TO SN9.999
ROUE D'ENTRAINEMENT &COURROIES D'ENTRAINEMENT DU TAMBOUR - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492741
ANTRIEBSMODUL (MOD 15) - BIS FN9.999

SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE (MOD 15) - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE D'ENTRANEMENT (MOD 15) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492742
ANTRIEBSMODUL (ROHS) (MOD 15)

SUSPENSION DRIVE MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 15)
MODULE D'ENTRANEMENT (ROHS) (MOD 15)
CM+3433750
OSB PCB (ROHS)

OSB PCB (ROHS)
OSB PCB (ROHS)
CM+3097911
LICHTSCHRANKE (ROHS)
LIGHT BARRIER (ROHS)
PHOTO CELLULE (ROHS)
CM+3097910
LICHTSCHRANKE - BIS FN9.999

LIGHT BARRIER - UP TO SN9.999
PHOTO CELLULE - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
=Assembly
* =No wearing part.
DRIVE LEFT
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 11
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
02
(MOD 05)
03
04 (MOD 08)
05
09
08
(MOD 20)
01
07
06 (MOD 12)
(MOD 18)
10

DRIVE / POWER UNIT

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 12
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3392675
RF TAG READER (ROHS)

RF TAG READER ASSY (ROHS)
DISPOSITIF DE LECTURE DES ETIQUETTES (ROHS)
CM+3492643
THERMODRUCKKOPF DS530X (MOD 05)

THERMAL HEAD DS530X (MOD 05)
TETE THERMIQUE DS530X (MOD 05)
CM+3492773
NOCKENWELLENANTRIEB (ROHS)
CAM DRIVE SHAFT (ROHS)
ENTRAINEMENT A CAME (ROHS)
CM+3492772
NOCKENWELLENANTRIEB - BIS FN9.999

CAM DRIVE SHAFT - UP TO SN9.999
ENTRAINEMENT A CAME - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492750
DEVIL / THEMIS / RAM MODULE (MOD 08) - BIS FN9.999

DEVIL / THEMIS / RAM MODULE (MOD 08) - UP TO SN9.999
DEVIL / THEMIS / RAM MODULE (MOD 08) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3492892
DEVIL / THEMIS / RAM MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 08) - SW 1.9.X BENTIGT

DEVIL / THEMIS / RAM MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 08) - SW 1.9.X REQUIRED
DEVIL / THEMIS / RAM MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 08) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 1.9.X
CM+3492862
LEITERPLATTE (ROHS) - SW 1.9.X BENTIGT

DEVIL (ROHS) - SW 1.9.X REQUIRED
CARTE CIRCUITS IMPRIM (ROHS) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 1.9.X
CM+3492790
LEITERPLATTE
DEVIL PCB
CARTE CIRCUITS IMPRIM
CM+3433693
THEMIS 7 W/O RAM (ROHS) (MOD 12) - SW 1.9.X BENTIGT

THEMIS 7 W/O RAM (ROHS) (MOD 12) - SW 1.9.X REQUIRED
THEMIS 7 W/O RAM (ROHS) (MOD 12) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 1.9.X
CM+3433652
THEMIS4B W/O SDRAM (MOD 12) - BIS FN9.999

THEMIS4B W/O SDRAM (MOD 12) - UP TO SN9.999
THEMIS4B W/O SDRAM (MOD 12) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433703
512MB RAM MODUL (ROHS) (MOD 18) - SW 1.9.X BENTIGT

512MB RAM MODULE (ROHS) (MOD 18) - SW 1.9.X REQUIRED
MODULE 512MB RAM (ROHS) (MOD 18) - AVOIR BESOIN DE SW 1.9.X
CM+3433630
512MB SDRAM MODUL (MOD 18) - BIS FN9.999

512MB SDRAM MODULE (MOD 18) - UP TO SN9.999
MODULE 512MB SDRAM (MOD 18) - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3433401
VILIS KHLGEBLSE (ROHS) (MOD 20)

VILIS COOLING FAN (ROHS) (MOD 20)
VENTILATEUR VILIS (ROHS) (MOD 20)
CM+3433562
COMPACT FLASH KARTE 1BG (ROHS)

COMPACT FLASH CARD 1BG (ROHS)
CARTE COMPACT FLASH 1BG (ROHS)
10
CM+3460393
KIT HEATSINK SPRING HOLDER (ROHS)

=Assembly
* =No wearing part.
DRIVE / POWER UNIT

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 13
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
01
(MOD 09)
02
03
04
2
2
Purpose
Vacuum connector inside printer.
Counterpart to male vacuum connector at pickup module.
Vacuum connector at pickup module
Vertical alignment guide latch (left and right hand side)
1
1
Tension spring for gear box belt

Belt for gear box
Quantity
Name
2
Female vacuum connector
Shaft holder left
(Vertical Alignment)
Gear Box Spring
Shaft holder right

Guide Latch
(Vertical Alignment) (Vertical Alignment)
Male
vacuum
connector
Female
vacuum
connector
Male vacuum connector

Guide latch
(Vertical Alignment)
Gear box spring
Gear box belt
Gear Box Belt

POWER UNIT
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 14
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Pos. Nr. Teile-Nr.
Item no. Part No.
Benennung
Description
Denomination
CM+3492781
NETZTEIL - ROHS (MOD 09)

POWER SUPPLY - ROHS (MOD 09)
ALIMENTATION - ROHS (MOD 09)
CM+3260512
FESTPLATTE 73GB - BIS FN9.999

HARDDISK 73GB - UP TO SN9.999
DISQUE DUR 73GB - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
CM+3260513
FESTPLATTE 73GB (ROHS)

HARDDISK 73GB (ROHS)
DISQUE DUR 73GB (ROHS)
CM+3392031
HDD-KABEL (ROHS)
HDD CABLE (ROHS)
CABLE HDD (ROHS)
CM+3492881
EINZELTEIL KIT (ROHS)

SMALL COMPONENTS KIT (ROHS)
KIT PICES DTACHES (ROHS)
CM+3492880
EINZELTEIL KIT - BIS FN9.999

SMALL COMPONENTS KIT - UP TO SN9.999
KIT PICES DTACHES - JUSQU'AU NS9.999
=Assembly
* =No wearing part.
POWER UNIT
03-2008
Drystar 5302
Chapter 5 / 15
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Spare Parts Kit Categories

R
'Repair'
Parts required to repair a machine

Kit `R` should be part of the field service engineers` car stock.
Quantity covers requirements for ca. 10 machines.
Adapt quantity locally depending on:
'Installation'
number of machines
extension of the service area
local service structure (centralized / decentralized)
stockpiling
Parts required to install a machine

Kit `I`should be available as case stock.
Includes all parts to perform the installation (does not comprise parts
included in the shipment).
Quantity covers one single machine installation.
M 'Maintenance'
Parts required to maintain a machine

Kit `M` should be available as case stock.
Includes all parts required to perform a maintenance according to the
maintenance checklist.
Quantity covers one single maintenance.
Extremely expensive or bulky parts

Kit `L` should be part of the local central warehouse.
Determine quantity depending on costs and on the installed base.
'Local stock'
Spare Parts Kit Order numbers

Order number
CM+053660100733
version
Spare Part Kit

Drystar 5302 Sortiment M

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Chapter 5 / 16
Spare Parts List
DD+DIS050.05M
Type Overview
This spare parts list is valid for the following machine type(s):
Device Name
Type No.
Specification
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/0100
100-240V AC / 50/60Hz
Accessory Overview
Following accesssories are separately available:
Order number
Accessory
MOBILE KIT
EX2DV

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Chapter 5 / 17
Chapter 8
HEALTHCARE
Manufacturing Standard
Modifications
Imaging Services
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Purpose of this Document

This document provides an overview of all product modifications which may be of
importance for Service. They are listed in chronological sequence.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes:
1.0
05-2008
Initial version
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.


eq_08_modifications_e_template_v07
DD+DIS149.08E
Manufacturing Standard Modifications
Manufacturer
Publisher
Agfa-Gevaert HealthCare GmbH
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document

the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and on
the product.
NOTE:
To verify the latest version of single documents and of Service Manuals refer to the
Document Type Order List in the GSO library.

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 2
DD+DIS149.08E
OVERVIEW OF MODIFICATIONS:
Timeline
Modification
2008
April Introduction of Upper Pickup Modification Kit
incl. Software 1.9.1_C1
February Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB to 1 GB
SB No. 08
DD+DIS400.07E
Enclosure
DD+DIS399.07E
None
2007
November Changed TPH Module CM+349264.2
None
November Changed Input Sensor Module CM+349280.1
None
August Software CR ROM 1.9.0_C4 as Successor of

1.9.0_C2 for RoHS Spare Parts
SB No. 07, DD+DIS263.07E
August Changed RF Tag Reader CM+339267.3
None
July Changed Pickup Module CM+349268.3
None
July Introduction of Software 1.9.0_C4

Enclosure DD+DIS268.07E
June Release of RoHS compliant Spare Parts
June Release of RoHS compliant Printer / Introduction

of Software 1.9.0_C2
March Changed TPH Module CM+349264.1
None
February Added Label at Printer Rear Side with

Explanation of Network Activity LEDs
None
January Changed Display Module CM+343336.2
None
January Introduction of new Film Format Positioners in

Upper Tray Module CM+349267.0 and Lower
Tray Module 349266.0
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 3
DD+DIS149.08E
Timeline
Modification
2006
October Changed Gear Box Module (MOD14)
CM+349269.2 in combination with DRYSTAR
5302 software patch 1.8.1_C1
August Intruduction of RoHS compliant Power Supply
Module
July Introduction of Heat Sink Replacement Kit as
Spare Part
SB No. 04 DD+DIS349.06E
None
Enclosure
DD+DIS194.06E
Troubleshooting Guide
DD+DIS211.07E
May Changed Gear Box Module (MOD14)

CM+349269.1
None
May Changed TPH Cooling Fan CM+349273.0
None
April Removed Output Sensor Sensor S25 in Output

Module
None
March Changed Display Module CM+343336.1
None
February Changed Pickup Module CM+349268.1
None
January Changed Output Module CM+349272.1
Troubleshooting Guide
DD+DIS211.07E
2005
November Introduction of Software Release 1.8.0_C2

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 4
DD+DIS149.08E
Introduction of Software Release 1.8.0_C2

Reason
Support of additional languages for the Operator and Key-Operator

menu.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1156 (incl. SN 1143 and SN 1149) / Nov. 2005
Part
Number(s)
Software only available via MEDNET, GSO library
Referenced
Document(s)
Changed Output Module CM+349272.1

Reason
Improvement of Film Run in Output Module
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1336 / January 2006
Part
Number(s)
Output Module CM+349272.2
Referenced
Document(s)
Troubleshooting Guide DD+DIS211.07E

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 5
DD+DIS149.08E
Changed Pickup Module CM+349268.1

Reason
Improved 174 mm banding line (not visible in clinical images,

only visible in technical flatfield image).
Improved production process.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1398 / February 2006
Part
Number(s)
Pickup Module CM+349268.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Changed Display Module CM+343336.1

Reason
Improved connector to prevent that cable to display board can be

removed accidentally at mounting of right cover.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1468 / March 2006
Part
Number(s)
Display module CM+343336.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 6
DD+DIS149.08E
Removed Output Sensor Sensor S25 in Output Module

Reason
Output sensor is removed as is not used by software for film jam

detection
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1522 / April 2006
Part
Number(s)
None
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Changed TPH Cooling Fan CM+349273.0

Reason
Improvement of production process: Some fans generated

disturbing noise in production.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1578 / May 2006
Part
Number(s)
TPH cooling fan CM+349273.1
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 7
DD+DIS149.08E
Changed Gear Box Module (MOD14) CM+349269.1

Reason
Improvement of production process
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1603 / May 2006
Part
Number(s)
Gear box module CM+349269.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Introduction of Heat Sink Replacement Kit as Spare Part

Reason
To allow replacing heat sink at Themis CPU instead of replacing

the Themis CPU when the heat sink holder is broken.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Only introduced as spare part / July 2006
Part
Number(s)
Heatsink Replacement Kit CM+346039.1
Referenced
Document(s)
Heatsink Kit Enclosure DD+DIS194.06E
Troubleshooting Guide DD+DIS211.07E

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 8
DD+DIS149.08E
10
Intruduction of RoHS compliant Power Supply Module

Reason
Preparation of the printer for RoHS compliance.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 1863 plus 1847, 1853, 1856, 1848, 1854, 1858, 1850, 1855 /
August 2006
Part
Number(s)
Power Supply Module (RoHS) CM+349278.1
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Changed Gear Box Module (MOD14) CM+349269.2 in

combination with DRYSTAR 5302 software patch 1.8.1_C1
Reason
Improvement of film run
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 2175 / October 2006
Part
Number(s)
Gear box module CM+349269.3
Referenced
Document(s)

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 9
DD+DIS149.08E
11
Introduction of new Film Format Positioners in Upper Tray

Module CM+349267.0 and Lower Tray Module 349266.0
Reason
Reduce tolerances of film in input tray: improve film positioning.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 2810 plus 2723, 2725, 2789, 2793, 2804, 2805, 2727, 2753,
2797, 2798, 2808, 2778, 2788, 2799, 2802 / January 2007
Part
Number(s)
Lower Tray CM+349266.1
Upper Tray CM+349267.1
Referenced
Document(s)
12
None
Changed Display Module CM+343336.2

Reason
Improved production process to prevent pixel failures on LCD

displays in production.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 2808 plus 2726, 2727, 2793, 2794, 2800, 2801, 2806, 2788,
2789, 2795, 2796, 2802, 2803, 2790, 2792, 2797, 2799, 2804,
2805 / January 2007
Part
Number(s)
Display Module CM+343336.3
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 10
DD+DIS149.08E
13
14
Added Label at Printer Rear Side with Explanation of Network

Activity LEDs
Reason
Allowing interpretation of network LEDs without service manual
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 3001 / February 2007
Part
Number(s)
None
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Changed TPH Module CM+349264.1

Reason
Improvement of production process: Heater foil was partly

detached.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 3049 without 3051, 3084, 3121, 3162, 3053, 3085, 3123,

3165, 3059, 3089, 3124, 3167, 3064, 3093, 3135, 3168, 3178 /
March 2007
Part
Number(s)
TPH Module CM+349264.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 11
DD+DIS149.08E
15
16
Release of RoHS compliant Printer / Introduction of Software

1.9.0_C2
Reason
Make printer compliant to the RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous

Substances) Directive No 2002/95/EC of the European Union.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 3930, plus 3642, 3645, 3711, 3714, 3798, 3803, 3815, 3856,
3862, 3864, 3865, 3867 to 3880, 3883, 3887, 3895, 3903 to 3909,
3911 to 3913, 3915 to 3924, 3926 to 3928 / June 2007
Part
Number(s)
None
Referenced
Document(s)
Release of RoHS compliant Spare Parts

Reason
Make spare parts compliant to the RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous

Substances) Directive No 2002/95/EC of the European Union.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
June 2007
Part
Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
Devil (RoHS)
Themis7 (RoHS)
Devil/Themis/RAM (RoHS)
512 MB (RoHS)
CM+349286.0
CM+343369.0
CM+349289.0
CM+343370.0

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 12
DD+DIS149.08E
17
Introduction of Software 1.9.0_C4

Reason
Improvement of production process: Sporadic film jams in the

output module and too large top border appeared.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 4368 plus 3923, 3924, 3976, 3988, 3995, 4000, 4006, 4007,
4009, 4012, 4013, 4015, 4018, 4020, 4024, 4025, 4027, 4030,
4031, 4033, 4034, 4035, 4039, 4041, 4042, 4043, 4045, 4046,
4048, 4051, 4053, 4054, 4056 to 4058, 4061 to 4067, 4070, 4071,
4073, 4075, 4076, 4079, 4082 to 4087, 4090, 4091, 4093 to 4095,
4097, 4098, 4100, 4101, 4103 to 4112, 4115, 4117, 4118 to 4124,
4130, 4135, 4136, 4159, 4161, 4164, 4169, 4172, 4183, 4186,
4187 to 4195, 4201, 4202, 4208, 4212, 4213, 4214, 4216, 4217,
4219 to 4226, 4228, 4230, 4231 to 4237, 4239 to 4249, 4251,
4252, 4254 to 4262, 4264, 4266, 4267 to 4316, 4318 to 4354,
4355, 4357, 4358 to 4365, 4366 / July 2007
Part
Number(s)
None
Referenced
Document(s)
18
Installation Instructions SW 1.9.0_C4, DD+DIS268.07E
Changed Pickup Module CM+349268.3

Reason
Improvement of production process: Faults in pickup module due to

too high tolerances.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
July 2007
Part
Number(s)
Pickup Module CM+349268.4
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 13
DD+DIS149.08E
19
Software CR ROM 1.9.0_C4 as Successor of 1.9.0_C2 for RoHS

Spare Parts
Reason
RoHS spare parts were released with enclosed software CD ROM

1.9.0_C2.
Software 1.9.0_C4 is the successor of software 1.9.0_C2.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
August 2007
Part
Number(s)
Referenced
Document(s)
20
Devil (RoHS)
Themis7 (RoHS)
Devil/Themis/RAM (RoHS)
512 MB (RoHS)
CM+349286.1
CM+343369.2
CM+349289.1
CM+343370.2
Changed RF Tag Reader CM+339267.3

Reason
Make tag reader compatible to be used in DRYSTAR 5503, too.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
August 2007
Part
Number(s)
RF Tag Reader CM+339267.4
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 14
DD+DIS149.08E
21
22
Changed Input Sensor Module CM+349280.1

Reason
Improvement of production process
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
SN 5253 / November 2007
Part
Number(s)
Input Sensor Module CM+349280.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Changed TPH Module CM+349264.2

Reason
Improvement of production process: Improved ground connection

to reduce pixel drops
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Serial number not registered / November 2007
Part
Number(s)
TPH Module CM+349264.3
Referenced
Document(s)
None

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 15
DD+DIS149.08E
23
24
Changed Compact Flash Card 128 MB to 1 GB

Reason
Change of type of compact flash card for printer backup due to

purchasing reasons.
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
Printers and spare parts delivered as of February 2008
Part
Number(s)
Compact Flash 1 GB, CM+343356.2
Referenced
Document(s)
None
Introduction of Upper Pickup Modification Kit

incl. Software 1.9.1_C1
Reason
Improvement of film run
Product(s) &
Serial
Number(s)
The Upper Pickup Modification Kit was introduced in

production as of SN 5615.
Software 1.9.1_C1 was introduced in production as of SN

5723 plus SNs 5660, 5665, 5667, 5669, 5672, 5676, 5677,
5679, 5683, 5684, 5717, 5719, 5721
Introduction in April 2008
Part
Number(s)
Upper Pickup Modification Kit, CM+361703.0
Referenced
Document(s)
Upper Pickup Modification Kit Enclosure DD+DIS399.07E

05-2008
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Chapter 8 / 16
HEALTHCARE
Maintenance
Order-No.: DD+DIS149.05E
*1YZO5L1*
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
1 Piece YZO5L MA1
The Maintenance document is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS149.05E


DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Caution:
These instructions describe adjustments and routines which must only be performed by qualified
technical personnel.
Note:
Electrical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified electrician.
Mechanical repairs and connections must only be performed by a qualified technician.
CE Declaration:
According to the medical guidelines, the CE Declaration (CE Conformity) becomes invalid if the
product is changed without explicit consent of the manufacturer!
This applies to all parts, not only to safety elements.
We reserve the right to change data and characteristics in the light of technical
progress.

Chapter 9
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Chapter 9:
List of contents
Safety .................................................................................... 1
Introduction .......................................................................... 3
2.1
Maintenance frequency ....................................................................... 3
2.2
Required time ....................................................................................... 3
2.3
Required tools ...................................................................................... 3
2.4
Required cleaning material ................................................................. 4
2.5
Required spare parts ........................................................................... 4
Diagnostics........................................................................... 5
3.1
Questioning of the customer .............................................................. 5
3.2
Infocounter analysis ............................................................................ 5
3.2.1
3.2.2
3.2.3
Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report ...................................... 6

Infocounter analysis via Service Command session......................................... 7
How to evaluate the Infocounter ....................................................................... 7
3.3
Image quality check ............................................................................. 9
Maintenance points - Power off ........................................ 10
4.1
Check of general condition ............................................................... 10
4.2
Check of condition of belts and gears ............................................. 10
4.3
Visual check of the cables................................................................. 10
4.4
Cleaning of the suction cups ............................................................ 11
4.5
Cleaning of Electronics Compartment ............................................. 11
4.6
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet................................................... 12
4.7
Check and Cleaning of Drum ............................................................ 12
4.8
Cleaning of Thermal print head ........................................................ 13
4.9
Electrical check .................................................................................. 14
4.9.1
4.9.2
Basic Protective Earth Test............................................................................. 14

Electrical Check according to National Regulations. ...................................... 15
Maintenance points - Power on ........................................ 16
5.1
Check of safety switches................................................................... 16

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / I
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
5.2
SW patch installation......................................................................... 16
5.3
Film calibration................................................................................... 17
5.4
Density Reproduction Check ............................................................ 17
5.5
Test image evaluation........................................................................ 19
5.6
Host system image quality check..................................................... 20
Completion of the maintenance........................................ 20
6.1
Backup Data on CF Card ................................................................... 20
6.2
Reset of the relative counters in the Infocounter............................ 21
6.3
Customer Conversation .................................................................... 21

Chapter 9 / II
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Safety
The DRYSTAR 5302 is suitable for continuous operation.
The DRYSTAR 5302 enables or helps in the diagnosis of a patient.
When operating or maintaining the DRYSTAR 5302 always observe the
following safety guidelines:
Have electrical or mechanical defects repaired by skilled personnel only!
Do not override or disconnect the integrated safety features.
Ventilation openings may not be covered.
Always switch off the DRYSTAR 5302 and disconnect the power cord
from the outlet before carrying out any maintenance work.
Always take into account the markings provided on the inside and outside
of the printer. A brief overview of these markings and their meaning is
given below:
Safety warning, indicating that the DRYSTAR 5302 User and
Reference Manuals should be consulted before making any
connections to other equipment. The use of accessory equipment
not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this
printer may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting
system. Consideration relating to the choice of accessory
equipment shall include:
Use of the accessory equipment in the patient vicinity.
Evidence that the safety certification of the accessory equipment
has been performed in accordance with the appropriate IEC
60601-1 and IEC 60601-1-2 harmonized national standard.
In addition, all configurations must comply with the medical
electrical systems standard IEC 60601-1-1. The party that makes
the connections acts as system configurator and is responsible
for complying with the systems' standard. If required contact your
Agfa Service Organization.
In order to reduce the risk of electric shock, do not remove any
covers.
Caution hot:
Keep hands clear from the Thermal Print Head.
Type B equipment:
Indicates that the DRYSTAR 5302 complies within the limits for
type B equipment.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 1
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Supplementary protective earth connector:

Provides a connection between the DRYSTAR 5302 and the
potential equalization busbar of the electrical system as found
in medical environments. This plug should never be
unplugged before the power is turned off and the power plug
has been removed.
Intergrounding connector:
Provides a connection between the printer and other
equipment which might exhibit minor ground potential
differences. These differences may degrade the quality of
communication between different equipment. Never remove
connections to this terminal.
Protective earth (ground)
Provides a connection between the printer and the protective
earth of the mains. Do not remove this connection, because
this will have a negative influence on the leakage current.
Power/Reset Button
Note that the power cord has to be disconnected from the wall
outlet in order to disconnect the unit entirely from the mains.
Precautions for use in USA only:
Make sure that the circuit is single-phase center-tapped, if the
printer is connected to a 240 V/60 Hz source instead of a
120 V/60 Hz source.
Transport after installation
Before moving the printer, always switch off the machine. The DRYSTAR
5302 should always be transported by 2 persons. When doing this, the
stability and the structure of the table top have to be taken into account.
The printer should not be placed on a soft surface, since this might
prevent appropriate ventilation and cause overheating. Nothing else
should be installed on the same table, and measures should be taken to
prevent table shock, while this may cause image artifacts. The appliance
shall only be transported with all covers closed. The appliance shall not be
transported continuously from one location to the other. Do not lift the
printer by the output tray.
Waste disposal and environmental regulations
In most countries DRYSTAR film is considered industrial waste and is not
allowed to be disposed of as household waste. Please consult your local
waste disposal regulations. Agfa recommends to have DRYSTAR film
waste hauled away by a licensed company.
After its life span, do not dispose of the DRYSTAR 5302 without
consideration of local waste disposal regulations. Please consult your
local service organization.

Chapter 9 / 2
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Introduction
The maintenance steps described in this document are based on the
technically required measures to guarantee the proper operation of the
printer.
The maintenance points have been arranged in a chronologically suitable
order to make the work routines as efficient as possible. The sequence of the
maintenance points in the checklist (see appendix) is identical with the
maintenance instructions.
Additional maintenance steps can be required according to national
regulations.
2.1
Maintenance frequency
The maintenance has to be carried out:
every 25.000 printed films, or
every 12 months, whichever comes first.
2.2
Required time
Time required for the maintenance: 2 hours,
2.3
Required tools
Description
Order Number / Comment
Calibrated densitometer
recommended types are

MacBeth TR-924
X-Rite 301
X-Rite 310
X-Rite 331
X-Rite 341
Gretag D200-2
Flash light
commercially available
Loop 8x
CM+9.9579.9904.0
Service PC with Drystar 5302 Density For Service PC specifications refer to
Reproduction Check files
chapter 3.2, Tools.
Density reproduction check files are
available via MEDNET, GSO Library
Waterproof pen
commercially available
Wrist strap
CM+9.9999.0830.0

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 3
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
2.4
Required cleaning material

Cleaning material
Order Number
Agfa Cleaning Tissue (as alternative to

Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol and Lint
free cloth). Box of 50 pieces.
CM+309931.0
Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol
Commercially available
Lint free cloth
Commercially available
Ink eraser 'Pelikan'
10+9.9999.1176.0
Vacuum cleaner
2.5
220/240V, 50Hz
CM+9.9999.0895.0
110/115V, 60Hz
CM+9.9999.0896.0
Required spare parts

The following spare parts are part of the Maintenance-assortment
CM+0 5366 0999 733
Description
Order Number
Case of Exchange/ Usage
Air Filter
CM+343350.X
Exchange each maintenance
Always have the latest Drystar 5302 software patches available on the
Service PC.
Depending of the urgency and classification of a software patch it might be
necessary to update the printer software.

Chapter 9 / 4
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Diagnostics
The diagnostics before the maintenance comprise following tasks:
Task
3.1
Details see..
Questioning of the customer
3.1
Infocounter analysis
3.2
Image quality check
3.3
Questioning of the customer

Ask the customer for any problem that appeared since the last
maintenance.
3.2
To view the infocounter a service PC is required.
Two possibilities exist to get the infocounter on the Service PC:
#
Type of Infocounter analysis:
Refer to ...
Via Printers Infocounters Report
3.2.1
Via Service Command session
3.2.2
We recommend to use for Infocounter Analysis method A, 'Via Printers

Infocounters Report', as this is the fastest way to access the infocounter.
Method B, 'Via Service Command session ' might be useful, when you can
access a PC in the hospital network for a short time, to save the infocounter
file on the printer CF card for analysis on the Service PC.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 5
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Welcome to this
SERVICE TOOLS
HOME
7 Service Actions
5 Logging
2. Infocounters
General information
List of errors
QA Report Page
Software versions
Remote sessions
Show printer status
Scalingtools
Setup
Connectivity
Welcome to this
LPD Profile Editor
Printqueue editor
Service - Loggings
Controller logging
1. To printer flash card
Modules
2. To this computer
Module
repair
Go back
536609cf.cdr
Figure 1
3.2.1
Infocounter Analysis via Printers Infocounters Report

Required Tools
Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter.
network
Explorer 5)
Tools - Printer Infocounters
Report"
(5) Analyze the infocounter file as
described in section 3.2.3,
Service PC
Printer
536632el.cdr
Figure 2

Chapter 9 / 6
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
3.2.2
Maintenance
Infocounter analysis via Service Command session

Required Tools
Service PC, required to connect to the printer and analyze the infocounter

network
Explorer 5)
Tools - Enter Service Command
Session - 7 Service Actions - 5
Logging - 2 Infocounters"
(5) Save the infocounter file to the
service PC or the CF card.
(6) Unzip the infocounters ZIP file
(7) Analyze the infocounter.txt file
as described in section 3.2.3,
3.2.3
Service PC
Printer
536632el.cdr
Figure 3

infocounter
Comment
1.1 Serial number and

Installation date
Compare device serial number with chapter 8

Manufacturing Standard Modification to
determine whether the device possibly requires a
modification.
Refer to 3.3 (infocounter.txt), HW Modification
History, to check already made modifications.
1.4 Software Info
Compare the currently installed SW version with

the latest SW version described in chapter 3.8,
SW releases, patches. In case a recommended
SW patch is available, install this SW patch.
Refer to section 5.2.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 7
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
infocounter
Comment
2.3 Reliability
Should normally be not higher than 0.05. Higher

fault rates need a thorough investigation.
3.3 Hardware Modification

History
By comparing the status of the device with the

available modifications (refer to Technical
Documentation chapter 8) the exact hardware
status can be determined.
3.4 Software modification

history
By checking the software modification history it

can be determined, whether a recent software
upgrade solved a problem, that occurred quite
often in the error list in the past
5.3 Retries
Many retries (> 1%, based on relative prints)

have to be investigated: They may reduce the
throughput of the device.
5.7 Error History
Check which errors occurred in the last days,

how often they appeared as well as the CBF
(cycles between failures) of these errors. This
gives an overview of the current status of the
machine.

relative) and
Troubleshoot these errors with the help of the

technical documentation, chapter 3.3,
Troubleshooting.

total):

Chapter 9 / 8
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
3.3
Maintenance
Image quality check

"Service Engineer Tools - Enter
Print Testimage"
(2) Print following test images on the
largest format available in the film
magazines:
STI1.ZIP
STI2.ZIP
medical_image.ZIP
The test image as displayed
in Figure 4 to Figure 6 will be
printed.
(3) Mark the test films with a
waterproof pen as testfilm before
maintenance
Figure 4
Figure 5
Figure 6

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 9
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Maintenance points - Power off

The maintenance with powered-off machine comprises following tasks:
Task
4.1
Details: see...
Check of general condition
4.1
Check of condition of belts and gears
4.2
Visual check of the cables
4.3
Cleaning of the suction cups
4.4
Cleaning of Electronics
4.5
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet
4.6
Check and Cleaning of Drum
4.7
Cleaning of Thermal print head
4.8
Electrical check
4.9
Check of general condition

(1) Perform a visual check of
Power- and network cables.
Covers
The Output tray
The upper and lower Input tray.
(2) Disconnect the power and network cable
(3) Remove the left and right cover to prepare the printer for the next steps
(4) Remove the films in the film trays including white plastic sheet
4.2
Check of condition of belts and gears

(1) Check all belts and gears for visible wear
4.3
Visual check of the cables

(1) Check cables inside the printer: The insulation may not show any sign of
wear or damage.

Chapter 9 / 10
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
4.4
Maintenance
Cleaning of the suction cups

(1) Pull out the upper pickup unit
(2) Clean the suction cups with a lint
free cloth lightly moistened with
Isopropyl alcohol.
(3) Insert the upper pickup unit
(4) Repeat this step for the lower
pickup unit
536609da.cdr
Figure 7
536609db.cdr
536609cc.cdr
Figure 8
4.5
Figure 9
Cleaning of Electronics Compartment

(1) Remove the EMI shielding
(2) Clean the electronics
compartment with a vacuum
cleaner.
536609ac.cdr
Figure 10

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 11
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
4.6
Cleaning of Power Supply Air Inlet

(1) Clean the power supply air inlet
with a vacuum cleaner.
Figure 11
4.7
Check and Cleaning of Drum

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Open the top cover

Open the "Hold down bracket"
Open the TH Module
Remove the flat belt
Check the drum for dirt or
damage by turning at the drum
drive pulley.
(6) In case signs of damage are
visible, also check the STI2 test
image printed under step "3.3
Image quality check": A damage
will be visible in the flatfield area
of the STI2 test image in distance
of 111 mm.
(7) Clean the rubber of the drum with
a lint free cloth lightly moistened
with Isopropyl alcohol or Ethanol
(8) Remount the flat belt
536609df.cdr
Figure 12

Chapter 9 / 12
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
4.8
Maintenance
Cleaning of Thermal print head

(1) Clean the TH resistor line with a
lint free cloth lightly moistened
with Isopropyl - alcohol or a
cleaning tissue.
The last cleaning action must
be carried out in one way!
For the Isopropyl alcohol
observe the rule: As less water
is in the alcohol as better. We
recommend using a 90%
Isopropyl alcohol.
(2) Remount all covers
(3) Insert both input trays
536609cg.cdr
Figure 13
Caution:
Be carefull at TH cleaning.
The electronic circuits under the IC cover can be damaged.
During cleaning do not press against the IC cover.
Only use very little alcohol to moisten the cloth.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 13
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
4.9
Electrical check
The electrical check is split up in two steps:
4.9.1
Step
Task
Details see..
Perform the basic protective earth test
4.9.1
Perform the electrical check according to

National Regulations.
4.9.2
Basic Protective Earth Test

(1) Use a multimeter that is
capable to measure a
resistance < 1 Ohm
connector of the mains input
could touch.
The electrical resistance has to
be 0.2 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 14.
536631JN.cdr
Figure 14

Chapter 9 / 14
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
(4) Insert the power cord at the
printer side; leave it
disconnected at the wall side.
connector of the mains
connector.
could touch.
The electrical resistance in this
case has to be 0.3 Ohm.
Refer to Figure 15.
536631JN.cdr
Figure 15
In case the electrical resistance of one measurement exceeds the limits (0.2
Ohm without mains cable; 0.3 Ohm with mains cable) check the printer for
loose grounding connections!
4.9.2
Electrical Check according to National Regulations.

(1) Perform the electrical check according to National Regulations.
The electrical checks that have to be performed in certain intervals (e.g. each
12 months) or after certain service actions (repair and/or maintenance)
depend on National Regulations.
Example for Germany: BGV A3 and DIN VDE 0751 or subsequent
regulations.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 15
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Maintenance points - Power on

The maintenance with powered-on machine comprises following tasks:
Task
5.1
Details: see...
Check of safety switches
5.1
SW patch installation
5.2
Film calibration
5.3
Density Reproduction Check
5.4
Test image evaluation
5.5
Host system image quality check
5.6
Check of safety switches

(1) Switch on the printer. Wait till it
shows the READY screen (takes
approx. 7 minutes)
(2) Open top cover
(3) Check display message: It must
show "Close top cover"
536609fa.cdr
Figure 16
5.2
(1) Install the latest SW patch, in case a recommended SW patch for the
printer is available. Refer to chapter 3.8, Software Releases, Patches.

Chapter 9 / 16
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
5.3
Maintenance
Film calibration
How?
(1) Select in key-operator menu

Calibration'
display.
(3) Repeat film calibration for
second input tray
536336as.cdr
Figure 17
5.4
Density Reproduction Check

Background
Information
With the density reproduction check the difference for a specific film type
between optical density defined in the sensitometric calibration file and the
printed optical density, measured with an external densitometer is checked.
This is a plausibility check for the CDM: In case the measured density values
are out of the specified range, the CDM requires a re-calibration.
This procedure must be carried out with every used film type:
Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage"
(2) Print out LinCheck.zip and measure the density of the eleven 100 %
0% fields with a calibrated MacBeth TR-924, X-Rite 331, 341, X-Rite
301, X-Rite 310 or Gretag D200-2 densitometer.
(3) To check linearity fill in measured values in corresponding Excel file:
Ds5302 density reproduction check DT2B.xls or
Ds5302 density reproduction check DT2C.xls
These Excel files can be downloaded from MedNet, download area
'GSO library - Hardcopy - Dry Imagers - Drystar 5302 - Freeware'.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 17
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
(4) After the measured values are filled in, the density reproduction is
calculated automatically.
(5) At the right hand side of the table is shown, whether the Density
Reproduction is ok or not. In case it is not ok you are requested to
carry out a CDM calibration.
Select densitometer:
X-rite 341
4
Dmax = 314
Square Measured density Target density Density diff. Check

100%
20
20
0
0
90%
47
49,4
-2,4
0
80%
73
78,8
-5,8
0
70%
104
108,2
-4,2
0
60%
133
137,6
-4,6
0
50%
163
167
-4
0
40%
189
196,4
-7,4
0
30%
218
225,8
-7,8
0
20%
246
255,2
-9,2
0
10%
274
284,6
-10,6
0
0%
306
314
-8
0
When entering the measured density values the decimal point appears in a different spot,
e.g. measured value = 0.23, value to enter = 23.0
Density
Lower limit
Upper limit
0
0
0
Density difference LinCheck image DT2B film in Ds 5302
30
-5
5
45
-7
7
20
60
-8
8
75
-9
9
15
90
-10
10
X-rite 310
105
-11
11
10
X-rite 331
120
-12
12
X-rite 341
5
135
-12
12
X-rite 301
Lower limit
150
-13
13
Mac Beth TR924
0
Upper limit
165
-13
13
Gretag D200-2
Density difference
180
-14
14
-5
195
-14
14
210
-14
14
-10
225
-15
15
-15
240
-15
15
255
-15
15
-20
270
-16
16
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
285
-16
16
Target Density
300
-16
16
315
-16
16
Density Difference
Density Reproduction = OK
No CDM calibration needed for DT2B film
536609af.cdr
Figure 18
(1)
The measured density values have to be entered without decimal point.

(e.g. measured value = .23, value to enter = 23)

Chapter 9 / 18
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
5.5
Maintenance

Service Command Session - 3 Print Testimage".
(2) Print following test images on the largest format available in the film
trays:
STI1.ZIP
STI2.ZIP
medical_image.ZIP
(3) Mark the test films with a waterproof pen as testfilms after maintenance
(4) Check all three images at the lightbox. Following items must been
checked:
o Line artifacts in transport direction
o Line artifacts vertical to the transport direction
o Point artifacts
o Surface artifacts
(5) Evaluate the test images at follows:
1. If no artifacts are seen on the STI1 / STI2 image continue with
next step
2. If artifacts seen on STI1 / STI2 image arent visible on the
medical_image continue with next step.
3. In other case (i.e. artifacts which are visible in STI1 / STI2 are
visible on medical_image, too) refer to Technical Documentation
chapter "3.3 Troubleshooting
(6) Compare the test images "after maintenance" with the test images made
"before maintenance": The image quality of the last printed
medical_image and STI1/STI2 test image must be equal or better than
the images made before maintenance.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 19
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
5.6
Host system image quality check

(1) Print a diagnostic image from every host system.
(2) Check images of each host at the lightbox for artifacts in diagnostic
image.
(3) In case artifacts are visible, compare with artifacts in last STI1 /STI2
image.
o In case artifacts are also visible in STI1 / STI2 image, refer to
Technical Documentation chapter "3.3 Troubleshooting.
o In case artifact is only visible in images of a specific host but not in
STI1 / STI2 image, initiate a service call of modality service engineer
Completion of the maintenance

The Completion of the maintenance comprises following tasks:
Task
6.1
Details see..
Backup Data on CF Card
6.1
Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative

Counters in the Infocounter
6.2
Customer Conversation
6.3
Backup Data on CF Card

(1) Open the upper film tray and take
out the CF card.
(2) Insert the CF card in the printer
CF card reader
(3) In the Key-operator menu select
"4 Save configuration".
printer display.
536609fl.cdr
536336as.cdr
Figure 19
536609fl.cdr
536336as.cdr

Chapter 9 / 20
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance
Figure 20
6.2
Reset of Maintenance Action counters and relative Counters in the

Infocounter
(1) In the Browser menu select "Service Engineer Tools - Enter Service
Command Session - 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 4 Clear relative
counters".
(2) Select ' 7 Service Actions - 4 Maintenance - 1 Maintenance Settings'
(3) Select 'y' for yes at each desired 'Reset Item'
(4) Select "Accept Changes". Refer to Figure 21
(5) When leaving the Service menu select "Preventive maintenance" as
service action.
Welcome to this

Active Reset Item
Maintenance Action
Cycles Factory
to go settings
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
19030
25000
25000
Y
N
Y
N
52520
62500
62500
Y
N
Y
N
1898
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
2505
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
5000
5000
Y
N
Y
N
Current
settings
2
Accept Changes
Discard Changes
Reset Values
536609fk.cdr
Figure 21
6.3
Customer Conversation
(1) Fill out the Maintenance checklist and hand it out to the customer.
(2) Explain the results of the maintenance to the customer.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 9 / 21
AGFA and the Agfa-Rhombus are trademarks of Agfa-Gevaert AG, Germany
Herausgegeben von / Published by / Edit par /

Agfa-Gevaert AG
Fototechnik
D - 81539 Mnchen
Printed in Germany / Imprim en Allemagne

HEALTHCARE
Maintenance
Checklist
Order-No.: DD+DIS149.05E
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
Work Instruction for order no.
SN
Film cycles
The maintenance has to be carried out:

Every 12 months or 25 000 printed films
Maintenance must be carried out according to the maintenance instructions DD+DIS149.05E.
Diagnostics
OK
Questioning of the
customer
Questioning of the customer about problems with

the printer.
Read-out and analyzation of the infocounter
Image quality check
Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image for

comparison with test images at final system check
not
OK


DD+DIS149.05E
Maintenance Checklist
Maintenance points - Power off

OK
Check of general
condition
Visual check of power and network cable.
Check of condition of
belts and gears
Visual check of all belts and gears in the printer.
Visual check of the

cables
Check of cables inside the printer for damage
not
OK
Visual check of covers and film magazines
Cleaning of the suction Cleaning of the suction cups of both film pickup
cups
assemblies with a lint free cloth lightly moistened
with Isopropyl alcohol
Cleaning of Electronics Cleaning of the Electronic rack with a vacuum
rack
cleaner.
Cleaning of Power
supply air inlet
Cleaning of the Power supply air inlet with a

vacuum cleaner
Check and Cleaning of Check of the rubber of the drum for damage.
Drum
Cleaning of the rubber of the drum with a lint free
cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol or
Ethanol.
Cleaning of Thermal
print head
Cleaning of the Thermal print head with a lint free

cloth lightly moistened with Isopropyl alcohol
Electrical check
Check of the protective earth resistance

Maintenence Checklist Page 2 / 4

DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS149.05E
OK
not
OK
OK
not
OK
Maintenance points - Power on

Check of safety
switche
Opening of top cover to check function of safety

switche
Installation of SW patch, in case a recommended

SW patch for the printer is available
Film calibration
Calibration of the films in both input trays.
Density Reproduction
Check
Density Reproduction Check to confirm proper

operating CDM. Execution of CDM calibration if
not okay.
Printing of STI1, STI2 and medical test image
Comparison with test images made during printer

diagnostics
Check for artifacts on the film. In case of artifacts

in STI1 / STI2 and medical test image
troubleshooting as described in chapter 3.3
Troubleshooting.
Printing of diagnostic image from every host

system
Check concerning artifacts in diagnostic image.

Comparison with artifacts in last STI1 /STI2
image.
Host system image

quality check
o In case artifacts are also visible in STI1 / STI2

image, troubleshooting as described in chapter
3.3 Troubleshooting.
o In case artifact is only visible in images of a
specific host but not in STI1 / STI2 image,
initiation of service call of modality service
engineer
Completion
Backup
Backup of machine specific parameters
Reset of Maintenance
action counters and
relative infocounter
Reset of Maintenance action counters

Reset of relative infocounter
Confirmation of the maintenance in the printer
service menu.
Customer conversation Explanation of results of preventive maintenance.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)

DD+DIS149.05E
Remarks:
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................................................................................................
...................................................................
...................................................................
Date / Signature Service Technician
Customer


DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 10
Service Bulletins
Imaging Services
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Please note
Service Bulletins are not part of the Service Manual for Download.
Please download the Service Bulletins from the GSO Library:
MEDNET GSO Hardcopy Dry Imagers Drystar 5302 Service Bulletin


service_bulletin_cover_e_template_v01
DD+DIS150.05E
Service Bulletins

03-2008
Drystar 5302
Type 5366/0100
Chapter 10 / 2
HEALTHCARE
Chapter 11
Imaging Services
Installation Planning
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
This documentation is separately available. Order No: DD+DIS148.05E.


eq_11_install-planning_e_template_v04
DD+DIS148.05E
WARNING:
INSTRUCTION:
(1)
Read the "Generic Safety Directions" document

the equipment.
(2)
Strictly observe all safety directions within the "Generic Safety Directions" and
on the product.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 2
DD+DIS148.05E

This document contains all planning data including the required measures to be carried
out on site prior to the machine delivery.
This chapter is divided into:
construction planning data
technical connection and performance data
safety instructions, listing of certificates
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.1:
1.2
11-2007
Adapted scope of delivery (Before: Only English user

manual delivered as paper manual; Now: additional
Chinese simplified and Spanish). See section 3.1
Added detailed specifications for power cables which

are part of delivery. See section 3.1
Corrected wrong outlet and cable specification for US:

Wrong: NEMA 6-15p outlet/cable
Correct: NEMA 5-15p outlet/cable.
See section 8.
Document
Title
n.a.
n.a.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 3
DD+DIS148.05E
LIST OF CONTENTS
INSTALLATION PLANNING CHECKLIST................................................................................6
SYSTEM OVERVIEW...............................................................................................................7
SCOPE OF DELIVERY AND ACCESSORIES.........................................................................8

3.1
Scope of delivery ......................................................................................................................8
3.2
Options......................................................................................................................................9
MACHINE DIMENSIONS .......................................................................................................10
MINIMUM FREE SPACE FOR OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE .....................................11
SYSTEM INTEGRATION .......................................................................................................12
6.1
Network integration parameters..............................................................................................12
6.2
Modality Setup Parameters.....................................................................................................14
6.3
Setup of Security and Privacy (optional).................................................................................16
6.3.1
List of Key-operator, Service People and Specialists with Access Rights .............................16
6.3.2
Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters ................................................................18
6.3.3
Availability of certificates.........................................................................................................18
6.4
Service Host Parameters ........................................................................................................18
6.5
Example for System Integration..............................................................................................19
AMBIENT CONDITIONS ........................................................................................................20

7.1
During operation .....................................................................................................................20
7.2
During transport and storage ..................................................................................................20
ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS ..............................................................................................21

8.1
Electrical connections at the printer ........................................................................................22
SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................................22
9.1
Type overview .........................................................................................................................22
9.2
Functional data .......................................................................................................................23
9.2.1
Pixel Matrices..........................................................................................................................23
9.3
Electrical data..........................................................................................................................24
9.4
Climatic data ...........................................................................................................................24
9.5
Sound emission data ..............................................................................................................24
9.6
Interface data ..........................................................................................................................24

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 4
DD+DIS148.05E
10
9.7
Service data ............................................................................................................................24
9.8
Dimensions and weight...........................................................................................................25
9.8.1
Dimensions, packed machine .................................................................................................25
9.8.2
Dimensions, closed machine ..................................................................................................25
9.8.3
Dimensions, opened machine.................................................................................................25
9.8.4
Weight .....................................................................................................................................25
SAFETY STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS .......................................................................26

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 5
DD+DIS148.05E
Installation Planning Checklist
Step
Goal
See
Okay
section
1.
Make yourself familiar with the

System Overview
To see in which surrounding the printer

will be installed
2.

scope of delivery
Basic information, to see whether

additional, site specific material for
installation might be required
3.1
3.

available accessories
To be able to order required accessories

before the installation
3.2
4.
Have a look at the machine

dimensions
To be able to check, whether the printer

fits in the desired installation place
5.
Check the required free space

around the printer.
To see whether enough free space for

operation, repair and maintenance is
available.
6.
Organize the required network

parameters to hook up the printer
in the existing network.
To have all parameters in advance, to

prevent a delay during installation
7.
Get up-to-date Connectivity

Release Documents for the
modalities which shall print on the
printer
To be prepared for modality specific

adjustments at the printer
8.
Compare the required ambient

and climatic conditions with the
condition at the installation place.
To prevent installation of the printer in an

inappropriate environment, leading to
functional faults.
9.
Check the required electrical

connection
To be able to initiate all required

prerequisites in advance to allow proper
electrical connections
10. Make yourself familiar with the

printer specifications
To have all printer parameters available

which might be required for people who
are in involved in installation and
operation of the printer.
11. Have a look at the printer safety

standards and regulations
To have the safety standards and

regulations for which the printer is tested
available in case they are requested by
the hospital administration.
10
12. Confirm the installation readiness
To be sure that all required preinstallation conditions are fulfilled.
6.2
Last
Page

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 6
DD+DIS148.05E
System Overview
536611JK.CDR
Figure 1
Device
Comment
Modality
The modality has to support the DICOM print protocol
DRYSTAR 5302
Dry printer for 14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10" DT2

blue base or clear base films
NOTE:
Remark to an installation in a 'HIPAA conform environment':
In Figure 1 two additional, optional modules are not listed:
1) Audit logging server: This is a computer in the networking allowing to store all
communication between the different devices in the network.
2) NTP (Network Time Protocol) Server: This is a computer providing time
synchronization. It is useful for audit logging, so that all messages of all
devices have the same time reference.
Both devices are only required in a 'HIPAA' environment, where high data security is
required.
For more information refer to section 6.3.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 7
DD+DIS148.05E
Scope of Delivery and Accessories
3.1
Scope of delivery
NOTE:
The printer is delivered with all parts, which are required to install it in an existing
Ethernet network.
Device name:
DRYSTAR 5302
Type:
5366/100
ABC Code
EQOZV
Scope of delivery
1 Basic DRYSTAR 5302 including:

- 2 input trays adjustable for all film sizes
- 1 output tray
1 Compact Flash card (stored in backup CF card slot in input tray)

2 power cables, 3 m long (Europe / US)
1 UTP network cable, 5 m long (2 x RJ45 connection) incl. extension piece
1 Reference manual (English)
3 User Manuals (English; Chinese simplified, Spanish)
1 CD with all user manuals and Plug&Play installation manuals in all languages*
1 packing list
1 Plug and Play Installation manual (English)
25 films 14x17" DT 2B for test purposes
25 films 8x10" DT 2B for test purposes
2 sets film type labels
1 Chinese warning sticker
1 CE declaration of conformity
1 China ROHS declaration
1 Installation Report
*available languages: Chinese simplified, Chinese traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch, English, Estonian,
Finnish, French, German, Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Korean, Latvian, Lithuanian, Norwegian,
Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Slovakian, Slovenian, Spanish, Swedish, Thai, Turkish, Vietnamese

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 8
DD+DIS148.05E
IMPORTANT:
The printer is delivered with two 3 m power cables. See Figure 9.
For US: NEMA 5-15P with IEC C13 plug (female)
For Europe: CEE7/7 with IEC C13 plug (female)
Organize a power cable for your country locally.
See section 8 for Mains connection in the installation room specifications.
3.2
Options
Item
Order Number
Comment
Mobile Kit
EX2DV
To be used in earthquake areas and in mobile

usage. May not be used in military vessels.
Figure 2
NOTE:
REMOTE SERVICE:
In general it is possible to diagnose and repair the printer to a certain extent remotely.
To enable remote service of the printer remote access has first to be organized.
Remote Access is established via the Agfa own Secure Remote Service System
(SRSS).
For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET GSO Library - Technical
Services - Service Delivery - SRSS

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 9
DD+DIS148.05E
Machine dimensions
71
.
28 5 c
.2 m
"
Closed machine:
72,
8
28. cm
7"
67,6 cm
26.6"
536611jo.cdr
Figure 3
76 cm
29,9"
536611jn.cdr
11
45 6 c
,7 m
"
Opened machine:
536611jp.cdr
Figure 4
Figure 5

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 10
DD+DIS148.05E
Minimum free space for operation and maintenance
60
0
23 m m
. 6"
54
0
23 mm
.6"
60
0
23 mm
.6"
60
0
23 mm
.6"
60
0
23 m m
.6"
80
0
31 mm
.5"
536611JL.cdr
Space required for servicing and installation
Space required for normal use
Figure 6
NOTE:
In case the minimum free space for installation and repair is not available, the printer
can be carried at a different place. The printer weight is 90 kg (198 lb). It can be
carried by three people.
Caution:
The device is heavy (90 kg;198 lb). Risk of injuries.
At least three people have to lift the device from one position to the other.
Use proper foot and hand protection when lifting the device.
The table might break and cause injuries or damage to the device. The device
weight may be too heavy for the table.
Communicate to the customer, that the table must be able to carry more
than 90 kg (198 lb)

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 11
DD+DIS148.05E
System integration
The system integration comprises the following tasks:
Task
Refer to
Network integration of the printer
6.1
Modality setup
6.2
Setup of security and privacy (optional)
6.3
Setup of the Agfatek Link Service Host
6.4
For each of these steps various parameters are required in advance. They can be
entered in the following tables:
6.1
Network integration parameters

To connect the printer to the hospital network, the following parameters are required by
the hospital network administrator:
Parameter
Default
Value
Printer IP address
169.254.10.10
.............................................
Hostname
ds5302
.............................................
Subnet mask
255.255.0.0
.............................................
Router IP address
.............................................
Printer AE title*
DS5302
.............................................
Domain name
.............................................
The Hospital Network Administrator needs the following information about the printer:
Network connection
RJ45 UTP, 100BaseT acc. to IEC601
Transmission protocol
DICOM Version 3.0; FTP, Telnet, HTTP, SNMP,

SMTP
Image formats
DICOM

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 12
DD+DIS148.05E
*NOTE:
It is possible to define more than one AE title at the printer this means it's
possible to have two or more logical DRYSTAR 5302 printers.
To configure logical SCP printers can be necessary, in case for example printing is
initiated at a PACS system, which has several modalities as input.
Example:
The PACS system collects CR and CT images.
CR images shall be printed with taste LUT Kanamori
CT images shall be printed with linear taste LUT.
Problem:
The workstation at the PACS system has one AE title only. The DRYSTAR 5302 does
not recognize, for which type of modality (CR or CT) the user wants to print.
Solution:
Create one logical printer 'DRYSTAR5302_CR' and one 'DRYSTAR5302_CT'.
Create two different host profiles for the two logical printers, one with Kanamori
LUT, the other with linear taste LUT.
In the workstation setup both printers: The user has to select the proper logical
printer, depending on the application.
The number of logical SCP printers is not limited. As each configured SCP server
consumes resources of the printer, use as little SCP servers as possible. Rule of
thumb: Define max. 4 logical printers.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 13
DD+DIS148.05E
6.2
Modality Setup Parameters

To connect the printer to the DICOM modality, the following parameters are required by
the hospital network administrator:
Modality 1: ................................................... (nickname* of the modality; max. 8

characters (letters/figures))
Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

Parameter
Value
Modality brand
...........................................................................
Modality type
...........................................................................
Modality AE_title
...........................................................................

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 14
DD+DIS148.05E
NOTE:
*Nickname: The name of the modality which is used by the personnel.
Example: The workstation "Siemens Icon Power PC" could be named
"Icon" in the daily use. At the printer configuration this name is entered
as "nickname".
IMPORTANT:
For printer connectivity have the up-to-date Interface Status Report and
corresponding Connectivity Release Document available:
Interface Status Report:
The up-to-date interface status report lists all modalities, for which the connectivity to
the DRYSTAR 5302 is tested and released.
The ISR (Interface Status Report) is available on MEDNET - HealthCare Library General Info - Connectivity & Application - Interface Status Report - Application Info
(only via Intranet not via Internet).
The ISR also lists the Connectivity Release Document numbers.
Example see Figure 7
DRYSTAR 4500(M)/5500/5300
PHILIPS, CR
EASYVISION RAD 4.2
Image :
ETHERNET II
DICOM 3.0
Control :
ETHERNET II
DICOM PRINT MANAGEMENT SCU
Status :
Released for installation
Document : 000874
Remarks :
5365_reg11_006_e.cdr
Connectivity Release
Document Number
Figure 7
Connectivity Release Documents:
Specific connectivity information for the DRYSTAR 5302 can be found in the
Connectivity Release Documents.
The Connectivity Release Documents are available on MEDNET (Intranet and
Internet), Imaging Library - General Info - Connectivity & Application
Not all modalities that are tested for Drystar 4500 (M)/5500/5300 are also tested for
Drystar 5302. As the controller part for all printers is identical, except behaviour
regarding film sizes and output tray, modalities that are tested for Drystar 4500
(M)/5500/5300 can also be connected to
Drystar 5302.
Exception: The Drystar 5302 - in opposite to Drystar 4500 M,
Drystar 5500/5503 - cannot be used for Mammography applications.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 15
DD+DIS148.05E
6.3
Setup of Security and Privacy (optional)

In case HIPAA compliance is required, following items have to be checked in advance:
Item
Refer to
Users and service people who may have access
6.3.1
Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters
6.3.2
Availability of certificates
6.3.3
NOTE:
The parameters for 'Security and Privacy' have to be determined and entered by the
'hospital security responsible person'.
Please hand out the pages of this subsection (6.3) to the 'hospital security responsible
person'.
6.3.1
List of Key-operator, Service People and Specialists with Access Rights

The list of Key-operators is limited to 50. The Key-Operator has access to the KeyOperator webpages of the printer.
Following conventions are valid:
Username: min. 4 characters, max 20 characters
Network password: min. 4 characters, max 10 characters

#
User name
Password
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 16
DD+DIS148.05E
The list of service people is limited to 8. The service people have access to the
service web pages.

#
Service person name
Password
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
The list of Specialists is limited to 1. The Specialist has access to the specialist web
pages.

#
Specialist name
Password
1.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 17
DD+DIS148.05E
6.3.2
Audit Logging Server and NTP Server parameters

To setup the Audit Logging and NTP server in the printer, request the following
parameters from the hospital network administrator:
6.3.3
Parameter
Value
Audit Logging IP address
................................................................
Audit Logging port number
................................................................
NTP server IP address
...............................................................
NTP server port number
...............................................................
Availability of certificates
Check with the hospital network administrator, that certificates are available for all
devices, which shall be HIPAA compliant.
NOTE:
Agfa devices which are according to the HIPAA specifications have Agfa
certificates already loaded.
All certificates issued by Agfa have a validity period of 10 years
6.4
Service Host Parameters

NOTE:
The AGFATEK LINK Service Host is optional in the network.
It is an optional part of the SRSS (Secure Remote Service System).
For more information to the SRSS refer to MEDNET GSO Library - Technical
Services - Service Delivery - SRSS
Parameter
Default
Value
Service Host IP address
192.9.200.155
.............................................
Phone Number
--
.............................................

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 18
DD+DIS148.05E
6.5
Example for System Integration
IP Address:192.9.200.155
Digitizer:
CR 75.0
Service
Host
ADC QS
Ultrasound
Nickname:
Digitizer
Modality Brand: AGFA
Modality Type: CR QS
Calling AE-Title: QS
Nickname:
Modality Brand:
Modality Type:
Calling AE-Title:
Printer
53
63
11
ad
.cd
r
Ultrasound
ACUSON
ASPEN
US_ASPEN
192.9.200.201
IP address:
ds5302
Hostname:
255.255.255.0
Subnet mask:
Router IP address: Printer AE Title: DS5302
Domain name:
Figure 8

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 19
DD+DIS148.05E
Ambient conditions
7.1
During operation
7.2
Ambient temperature:
min.:
max.:
+15C (59F)
+30C (86F)
Relative humidity:
(non condensing)
min.:
max.:
20%
75%
During transport and storage

NOTE:
Climate conditions for storage must be in accordance with

EN60721-3-1-class 1K4
Climate conditions for transport must be in accordance with

EN60721-3-2(1993)-class 2K4
Ambient temperature
min.:
- 25C (-13F)
during storage:
max.:
+ 55C (131F)
Relative humidity
min.:
max.:
10%
95%
min.:
max.:
0.1 g/m
35 g/m
Rate of temperature
change during storage
max.:
1 C/min.
Air pressure during

storage
Min.
max.:
70 kPa
106 kPa
Ambient temperature
during transport:
min.:
- 40C (-40F)
max.:
+ 70C (158F)
Relative humidity
during transport:
min.:
max.:
10%
95%
during storage:
Absolute humidity
during storage:

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 20
DD+DIS148.05E
Electrical connections
Installation guidelines
Electrical installations have to be done in accordance

with national regulations. Examples:
VDE
(Germany) Electrical installations in the

installation room must be in compliance with the
regulations IEC 364, VDE 0100, and VDE 0107.
UL
(US) Electrical installations in the installation

room must be in compliance with the regulations:
National Electrical Code" (NEC) (NFPA70).
IMPORTANT:
A ground fault interrupter (GFI) (IN = 30 mA) must be installed at a suitable point in
the circuit (in compliance with VDE 664).
Mains connection in the

installation room
Mains cable
(part of the delivery)
VDE
Double earthed pin outlet in compliance with

DIN 49441 and with CEE 7 standard cover V II.
UL
Earthed contact outlet for the NEMA 5-15 P plug
EuroVersion:
CEE7/7 - H05VV - F3G - 3 x 2.5 mm with

IEC C13 plug (female); cable length 3 m
US/CANVersion:
NEMA 5-15P - SJT, 3 x AWG 18 with

IEC C13 plug (female); Cable length 3 m
US
Europe
IEC C13
CEE7/7
IEC C13
NEMA 5-15P
5366_chap11_001.cdr
Figure 9
Network cable
(part of the delivery)
UTP; AWG24; Length: 5 m
Main switch
Upon machine installation, it must be ensured that either

the mains connector or an all-pole circuit breaker for the
installation on site is located close to the machine and
easily accessible.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 21
DD+DIS148.05E
8.1
Electrical connections at the printer

Ground plug.
6 mm metric thread
100 - 240 V AC
power supply
Equipotential plug
Network connection.
RJ45 UTP for 100BaseT network,
according to IEC 601
Service Interface.
RS232 Interface male
DTE 9 pin sub D (nullmodem)
536611JM.cdr
Figure 10
Specifications
9.1
Type overview
Printer
Type
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 22
DD+DIS148.05E
9.2
Functional data
Film sizes
14x17", 14x14", 14x11", 10x12", 8x10"
Throughput (films/hour)
8x10": 140
14x17": 75
Access time1st film approx. (seconds)
77
Printable area(pixels)
Refer to 9.2.1
resolution(DPI)
320 (79.4 m Pixel size)
Bits per pixel / number of grey steps
12 / 4096
Daylight film loading
yes
Films per film magazine
100 films
Number of film magazines
Image recording type
Direct thermography
Densitometer built in
yes
Automatic density control
yes
73 GB
Hard disk capacity
9.2.1
RAM Memory
Plugged on Themis: 512 MB
Warm-up time
Approx. 7 min. (cold printer)
Pixel Matrices
The DRYSTAR 5302 has two film supply trays that can be configured to 14x17",
14x14", 14x11", 10x14" or 8x10" film size. If trim is used around the images (trim is a
small, white frame around each image on the film), the diagnostic area is 6 pixels
smaller at each edge of the film.
DRYSTAR 5302 Diagnostic Printable Area in Pixels

Film Size
8x10"
10x12"
14x11"
14x14"
14x17"
No Annotations
Annotations
Width
Height
Width
Height
2376
3070
3348
4358
4358
3070
3653
4358
4303
5232
2376
3070
2983
4358
4358
2705
3288
4358
3938
4867
Table 1: Pixel Matrices

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 23
DD+DIS148.05E
9.3
Electrical data
Rated voltage [~V]
100-240 AC (autosensing)
Frequency [Hz]
50/60
Power consumption [W]
70 standby
250 printing average
530 peak
9.4
Climatic data
Heat emission [kJ/h]
252 standby
900 printing average
1908 maximum
9.5
Sound emission data

Noise level:
9.6
in standby:
in operation:
Interface data
Image / control data interface
DICOM 3.0 Print SCP
Maximum number of simultaneous

DICOM associations
9.7
53 dB(A) maximum
62 dB(A) maximum
10
Service data
InfoCounter
yes
Error diagnostics built in
yes
Module exchange concept
yes
Remote/preventive service capable
yes

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 24
DD+DIS148.05E
9.8
Dimensions and weight
9.8.1
Dimensions, packed machine
9.8.2
9.8.3
9.8.4
Length / depth (cm / inch)
90 / 35.4
Width (cm / inch)
87 / 34.2
Height (cm / inch)
69 / 27.2
Height incl. Pallet (cm / inch)
84 / 33.1
Dimensions, closed machine
Width (cm / inch)
72,8 / 28.6
71,5 / 28.2
Height with output tray (cm / inch)
67,6 / 26.6
Height without output tray (cm / inch)
53,6 / 21.1
Dimensions, opened machine
Width (cm / inch)
72,8 / 28.6

with film trays opened
116 / 45.7
Height (cm / inch)

with top cover opened
76 / 29.9
Weight
Printer alone (kg / lb)
90 / 198
Printer with packing incl. palette (kg / lb)
120,5 / 265,6

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 25
DD+DIS148.05E
10
Safety Standards and Regulations

The printer has been tested and found to comply with the following international
standards and regulations:
Medical Devices Directive 93/42/EEC

CFR Part 21
Safety standards:
IEC 60601-1 + A1 + A2
EN 60601-1 + A1 + A2
UL 60601-1:2003
CSA 22.2 No. 601.1-M90
GB4943-2001
Radio-interference regulations (interference suppression):
FCC Rules 47 CFR part 15 subpart B, class A

FCC rules 47 CFT part 15 subpart C, class B
IEC 60601-1-2
CISPR 11, class A
CISPR 22, class A
IEC 61000-4-3
IEC 61000-4-4
IEC 61000-4-5
IEC 61000-4-6
IEC 61000-3-2
IEC 61000-3-3
IEC 61000-4-11
ETSI 300330
GB9254-1998 (Class A)
GB17625.1-2003
The DRYSTAR 5302 carries the FCC ID: HPL5366, CE, TUV, cULus and CCC label.

12-2007
DRYSTAR 5302
5366/100
Chapter 11 / 26
INSTALLATION SITE
READINESS CHECKLIST
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
Name of Field Service Engineer:

Client name:
Client address:
_________________ Checking date:____________
___________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
Contact person,
name and title: ___________________________________________________________
Client phone number:
________________________
Extension:_________________
Type of systems: ___________________ Order /OGT number: _____________________
Item
Refer to
All parts, which are required additionally to the "scope of

delivery" are available at the installation site
The planned installation place has enough space for

installation, operation and repair
The required system integration parameters are available
The required connectivity Release Documents are available
The Host System is installed and the Host System Service

Engineer is scheduled to setup the printer at the host system.
--
The ambient conditions are within the given limits
The electrical connection is available as specified
okay
3.1
4 and 5
6
6.2
Remarks:______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Signature of the FSE or Product Specialist:

Published by
D - 81539 Mnchen
Germany

DD+DIS150.05E
Glossary and Key Word Index
Chapter 12:
List of contents
1
2
Glossary.............................................................................................. 1
Key Word Index ................................................................................ 10

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Typ 5366/100)
Chapter 12 / I
DD+DIS150.05E
Glossary
2-Propanol (Isopropyl
alcohol)
Alcohol used for cleaning purposes.
A
ADC
Agfa Diagnostic Center.

A device developed by AGFA to scan X-ray
exposed phosphor plates.
AE-Title
Application Entity Title.

A DICOM capable device in the network is
unambiguously identified by its IP address,
hostname and AE-Title .
Drystar 5300 has the AE-Title "DS5300" by
default. The AE-Title for the Drystar 5300 in
the DICOM Host must be identical with the
AE-Title in the Drystar 5300 itself.
The AE-Title is set up during installation.
To make a clear distinction between AE-title
and IP address, it is recommended to use
only lower case characters for the hostname.
Preferably use the same name as for the AEtitle, but in lowercase.
AGFATEK LINK
Device out of the AGFATEK product

spectrum for remote service. Enables to make
a dial-up-networking connection between
local PC and the AGFA network.
Anti-static wrist strap
Wrist strap made of synthetic material with

integrated thread-like metal.
Used for "grounding" the service engineer
during service at printed circuit boards.
Prevents electronic components from being
destroyed by static discharge.
APIP
Agfa Picture Archiving Protocol. AGFA

network protocol for communication between
medical devices. More and more DICOM
supersedes APIP.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 12 / 1
DD+DIS150.05E
B
B/W
Black and White.
Battery RAM
A RAM component, whose contents is being

stored by the tension of a battery.
Blue Based Film
Film with a blue colored support layer.

The fog level of this film is approx. 0.2 O.D.
See also "Clear Based Film"
Browser
Application used for reading Internet pages.

The commonly used browsers are Microsoft
Internet Explorer and Netscape Navigator.
C
Calibration
Process which determines a reproducible

correlation between input and output values.
Clear Based Film
Film with a transparent support layer.

The fog level of this film is approx. 0.15 O.D.
See also "Blue Based Film"
COM1, COM2
Names for the first two serial interfaces of a

computer
CPU (Devil) Board
Printed circuit board to control the main

functions of the printer, CPU.
D
DA Converter
Digital Analog Converter.
DCE
Data Communications Equipment.

Term out of the RS232 specification. DCE
equipment sends data on pin 3 and receives
on pin 2. The RS232 interface from modems
or PC's is almost always DCE. To connect a
DCE with a DTE device, a standard RS232
cable is required. To establish a DCE - DCE
connection, respectively a DTE - DTE
connection a nullmodem cable is required.
See also DTE.
Densitometer
Device used for measuring the optical density

of the film.

Chapter 12 / 2
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
DICOM
Digital Imaging and Communication in

Medicine.
A network protocol, which is wide spread in
the medical world, and used for interchanging
text and images.
DICOM PMS
DICOM Print Management Service.

A device which provides DICOM PMS
(= provider) makes it possible to print DICOM
images. A device which uses DICOM PMS
(= user) is able to control a DICOM printer.
The Drystar 5300 is a DICOM PMS Provider.
Dmin / Dmax
Minimal / maximal optical density on the film.
DNS
Domain Name System

The DNS server builds up the connection
between IP-address and Domain name.
Domain Name
The Domain Name is the name for a device in

the network.
It provides for a more comfortable contact to a
network node by calling it via name instead of
the IP address. In the internet for example the
IP address 19.5.6.121 can be contacted by
the name 'johnson.com'. To identify a device
in the network via a name it has to be
registered in a DNS server. The network
system administrator determines the domain
name for Drystar 5300.
DPI
Dots Per Inch.

Pixels per Inch (1 inch = 2,54 cm)
DRA
Direct Remote Access.

Remote service
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment.

Term out of the RS232 Specification. DTE
equipment sends data on pin 2 and receives
on pin 3.
See also DCE.
E
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable, Programmable Read

Only Memory.
Memory chip that can be electronically erased
and programmed again.
EMC
ElectroMagnetic Compatibility.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 12 / 3
DD+DIS150.05E
EMI
ElectroMagnetic Interference.
EPROM
Erasable, Programmable Read Only Memory.

Memory chip that can be erased by ultraviolet
light and be electronically programmed again.
Ethernet
Network carrier technology for LANs (Local

Area Networks).
F
FIFO
Film batch
Film Sensitometry
Film type
FireWire
Flash EPROM
First In, First Out.

Way of storing data that first selects the data
that have been entered first.
Used in (print) queues.
Number printed on the film packet.
It changes with every new film emulsion. Only
the films with the same film batch have
exactly the same characteristics.
Calibration of the film.
By calibrating, the printer gets a table with
certain density values for certain control
values.
Film of a certain producer or a similar
producer but with different characteristics
(sensitivity, contrast).
Serial bus standard also known as
IEEE1394. Data rate up to 400 Mb/s.
An EPROM in which data have to be deleted
in fixed blocks instead of separate bytes.
Fog level
Lowest optical density that can be measured

on the film.
FPGA
Field Programmable Gate Array.

A logic chip, which can be programmed. An
FPGA can be programmed after its
production.
FSE
Field Service Engineer. Service technician.
FTP
File Transfer Protocol.

A network protocol required for file transfer
within the network.

Chapter 12 / 4
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
H
Heat sink
Assembly to absorb and dissipate heat.

It is used with the thermal print head to
dissipate its surplus heat energy.
HTTP
HyperText Transmission Protocol.

Protocol that determines the data format and
the way of transmission of HTML-pages in the
World Wide Web (WWW).
Host
In the computer world a host computer is a

device, which provides services and settings
for other computers.
Especially in the world of medical devices a
host system is the device at which the printer
is going to be connected to.
Hyper Terminal
A Windows program used for serial data

communication between two computers.
I
ICM
Image Composition Map.

Complete image data for a complete film.
These image data correspond to the several
pixels on the film that is going to be printed.
IEC
International Electro technical Commission
Infocounter
File in the printer, which logs lots of

information and events.
The infocounter contains for example the date
of the installation, the SW version and all the
errors that have occurred.
IP-Address
Internet Protocol Address.

A 32 Bit address, which is assigned to each
TCP/IP host. Example: 192.9.200.201.
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network.

Telecommunication network which allows
different ways of communication (language,
text, data, images) to be transferred in one
united public net.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 12 / 5
DD+DIS150.05E
An object oriented programming language

developed by the American company Sun
Microsystems. It is independent of the
computer system used.
Java is used for browsers in the WWW.
Java
K
KEY6 Assy
Printed circuit board to control the printer

keypad.
L
LCD-Display
Liquid Crystal Display.

By supplying a voltage the liquid crystals are
arranged such that a contrast is visible.
LED
Light Emitting Diode.

Diode which emits green, yellow or red light.
LUT
Look-Up Table,
contrast reference curve, e.g. Kanamori LUT.
N
Netmask
Also called subnet mask. A 32 bit mask that

displays which bits are in use for the subnet
address. Subnets are used in a network to
keep it well-structured.
Null Modem Cable
A RS232 cable where all the wires are

crossed over. This way for example the
receive wire at the one side is connected with
the transmit wire of the other side.
O
O.D.
Optical Density
P
PACS
Picture Archiving and Communication

System.

Chapter 12 / 6
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
PCB
Printed Circuit Board.
Pick-up Module
Assembly in the printer that provides for the

transport of a film out of the input tray.
One of the individual dots that make up an
image on the film.
E.g. a 10x12" film contains 4968 x 5900
pixels.
DICOM Print Management Service.
A device that provides DICOM PMS
(= provider), makes printing of DICOM
images possible. A device using DICOM
PMS (= user) can control a DICOM printer.
Drystar 5300 is a DICOM PMS provider.
AGFA own operating system for medical
devices.
Imperative programming language for the
device independent description of print pages
which brings the complete data (text, images,
graphics) and their positions to a standardized
data structure. PostScript was developed in
1982 by the American company Adobe
Systems and evolved in the meantime to a
quasi-standard. A further development is
PostScript Level 2, which has got among
others things an optimized data compression.
Pixel
PMS
Portex
Postscript
Print drum
A rubber drum in the printer that guides the

film along the thermal print head.
Prompt
A symbol that appears on a computer

terminal screen. Example: C:\>
R
RAM
Random Access Memory

Free accessible memory. The RAM-board is
used to store intermediate data.
RJ45
Recommended Jack 45.

A connector specification used with UTP
cables. The connectors are 8-pole flat
connectors.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 12 / 7
DD+DIS150.05E
Router
A device in the network to connect two or

more networks. It routes incoming data
packages to the corresponding network. The
network system administrator defines the IPaddress of the router for the printer. Only if
the router IP-address is known by the printer
it is possible for the printer to send
information via the network back to devices
which are located in another segment of the
network.
RS232 Interface
Computer interface to convert computer

internal parallel data into serial data and vice
versa. The interface is defined via RS232
(Recommended Standard).
RS232 cable
Cable following the RS232 standard

(Recommended Standard) to connect two
RS232 interfaces (for example connection
between modem and PC).
S
SCSI
Small Computer Systems Interface.
Service Interface
RS232 Interface at the printer.
Service key
Service tool.
Used to bridge safety switches to make it
possible to control all the devices despite the
device is opened.
SMPTE
Society of Motion Picture and Television

Engineers.
The printer is able to print out the black/white
test image named after the SMPTE for test
purposes.
SMTP
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol.

Protocol to send e-mails between computers
in the internet.
T
TCP/IP
Transport Control Protocol / Internet Protocol.

Widespread network protocol.
Telnet
A network protocol that provides for logging in

to a network computer system.

Chapter 12 / 8
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
DD+DIS150.05E
TIF
Tagged Image Format.

A standard format to store pixel oriented
images. GIF and JPG are more and more
superseding TIF.
TH
Abbreviation of Thermal Print Head.
THEMIS board
Board on the Devil Board. Responsible for

operating system and image processing..
Thermal Print Head
Resistor line that transfers the image to the

film.
U
USB
Universal Serial Bus.

PC bus system to attach peripherals like
scanner, keyboards etc. to PC's. Data rate
12 Mb/s and up to 480 Mb/s for USB-2.
UTP
Unshielded Twisted Pair.

A network cable where the wires are twisted
and without additional shielding.
V
VDE
Verband Deutscher Elektrotechniker.

Association of German Electro-Technicians
X
XT
X-Terminal.
An Agfa program for serial data
communication between two computers.

2005-09-09
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
Chapter 12 / 9
DD+DIS150.05E
Key Word Index

Chapter 12 / 10
DRYSTAR 5302
(Type 5366/100)
2005-09-09
Order no.:
DD+DIS150.05E
DRYSTAR 5302
Type 5366/100
1st Edition
ReadMeFirst
Service Manual for Download
HEALTHCARE
Imaging Services
Purpose of this Document

This document describes how to
add the order list for documentation.
print.
add comments.
Document History
Edition.
Revision
Release
Date
Changes
compared to previous Version 1.1
1.2
06-2008
Added how to integrate the order list for documentation in a

printed manual. See section 1.
ReadMeFirst
Integrating the Order List for Documentation

IMPORTANT:
The order list for documentation is not part of the service manual for download.
Purpose of the order list for documentation:
To verify the latest level and completeness of your Service Manual.
(1) In the MEDNET GSO library select the product of your interest.
(2) Select Order list and Front page PRODUCT - Chapter 00 - Order List for
Documentation.
(3) Download the order list for documentation to your computer.
(4) When creating a paper manual:
Print the order list and put it behind the cover sheet.
Printing single Pages, Chapters or the complete Manual
IMPORTANT:
Preferably print this manual double-sided:
This PDF manual contains empty pages at the end of several chapters, to have the
next chapter starting with an uneven page number when printed doubles-sided.
If printed one-sided, dispose these empty pages.
Preferably print circuit diagrams on a DIN A3 or ANSI B (Ledger) printer, if
available.
Some pages especially circuit diagrams for equipment have been created on paper
size larger than DIN A4/Letter. Printing these pages on DIN A4/Letter may result in
reduced legibility. It is recommended to print these pages separately on a DIN A3 or
ANSI B (Ledger) printer.

06-2008
Page 2 of 5
ReadMeFirst
2.1
Printing single Pages or Chapters

To print single chapters or pages of a chapter proceed as follows:
(1)
Click the bookmark of the desired chapter.
(2)
Write down or remember the shown PDF page number. See Figure 1.
Figure 1: PDF page number in the Adobe reader toolbar

(3)
Go the end of the section or desired range of pages.
(4)
Select "Print".
(5)
Select the page range.
(6)
Select "Reduce to printer margins" and "Auto-rotate and Center".
(7)
Select OK.
Figure 2: Print dialogue for printing single pages or chapters

06-2008
Page 3 of 5
ReadMeFirst
NOTE:
Shrink to printable area may be named on other Adobe Reader versions
reduce to printer margins or shrink oversized pages to paper size.
2.2
Printing the complete Service Manual

To print the complete service manual proceed as follows:
(1)
Select "Print".
(2)
Select All.
(3)
Select "shrink to printable area" and "Auto-rotate and Center"

(see NOTE above).
(4)
Select OK.
Figure 3: Print dialogue for printing the complete manual
Adding Comments
If you open this file in an Adobe Reader version 7, the comment toolbar will
show-up.
This allows adding comments, to highlight or underline text and many more text
manipulations.
Figure 4: Adobe Reader comments toolbar

06-2008
Page 4 of 5
ReadMeFirst
3.1
Exporting your Comments

NOTE:
Exporting your comments allows importing them again in a next version of the manual.
(1)
In the drop down menu Comment & Markup select "Show comments List".
Figure 5: Drop down menu Comment & Markup
3.2
(2)
Select the desired comments: Press the CTRL-key for multiple selections.
(3)
Select Options - Export Selected Comments.
(4)
Save the file with any name.
Importing Comments
(1)
In the drop down menu Comment & Markup select "Show comments List".
(2)
Select Options - Import Comments.
(3)
Browse for the comments file and press select.
NOTE:
The imported comments possibly appear on different pages, if the file where the
comments have been imported has a different number of pages.

06-2008
Page 5 of 5

Drystar5302 - Manual - 2008 - 09 - 22 6.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Drystar5302 - Manual - 2008 - 09 - 22 6.0

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Drystar5302 - Manual - 2008 - 09 - 22 6.0

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What is the purpose of the document?

What is the purpose of the document?

What safety precautions are mentioned?

What safety precautions are mentioned?

HEALTHCARE

Global Services Organisation

Order No.: DD+DIS150.05E

printed in Germany 2005-09-09

Order No.: DD+DIS150.05E

1 Piece YZO6N MA1

To order spare parts and

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 3760

xx49 - (0)89 - 6207 - 3553

AGFA-GEVAERT AG HE/Im - GSO I&P

pprinted in Germany 2005-09-09

Pictograms and conventions for this documentation

Controls, Connections and

Repair and Service

Explanation of the pictograms

3.1 Machine specific safety and

Reference and Circuit

Spare Parts List

10. Field Service Bulletins

Switch the machine on

Switch the machine on

Action with the mouse or the

11. Installation Planning

Required text input via the

12. Glossary and Key Word Index

Enter vips and click on

Generic Safety Directions

Purpose of this document

compared to previous Revision 1.1

Editorial rework to improve comprehensibility

Agfa Company Confidential

Copyright 2007 Agfa HealthCare N.V.

Generic Safety Directions

DOCUMENT CONTROL NOTE:

Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products

Generic Safety Directions

System Labels concerning Laser Radiation.............................................9

PRODUCT COMPLAINTS ...................................................................................10

INTENDED USE ..................................................................................................11

QUALIFICATIONS FOR OPERATION AND SERVICE TASKS ..........................11

CONNECTIONS TO OTHER EQUIPMENT.........................................................12

ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS ................................................................13

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR OPERATION .........................................................16

RADIATION PROTECTION .................................................................................17

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR CLEANING AND DISINFECTION .........................17

GENERAL SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR SERVICE ACTIVITIES........................17

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION PLANNING ACTIVITIES .............18

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION ACTIVITIES ................................20

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR ACTIVITIES.........21

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR REMOTE SERVICE ACTIVITIES..........................23

SAFETY DIRECTIONS FOR TRANSPORT AND SHIPMENT OF SPARE

Safety Directions for HealthCare Imaging Products

Generic Safety Directions

SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING MODIFICATIONS ................................ 24

SAFETY DIRECTIONS CONCERNING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ................. 24